kH^ ^^■' '^V. wi V < IMAGE EVALUATION TEST TARGET (MT-3) 1.0 I.I 11.25 U ill 1.6

ed Voyage of William Baffin: — I.— A Journal written by Baffin II. — A Journal probably by Fotherby III.—A Biief Description of King James his Now Land IV.— The manner of killing the Whale and the whole ceedings for performing of the Voyage The Tnino Recorded Voyaoe of William Baffin :— Narrative by Robert Fotlierby The Fourth Recorded Voyaoe of William Baffin :— I.— Letter from Baffin to his Employers II. — The Breefe Journall III.—" A Tru Relation" by Baffin The Fifth Recorded Voyage of William Baffin :— I.— A Briefe and True Relation or Journal by Baffin II.— Baffin's Letter to Sir John Wolstonholine III. — Baffin's Instructions Discourse as to a North-West Passage :— Briefe Discourse of the Probabilitio of a Passage . Story of Thomas Cowles as to what he heard at Lisbon Note by Michael Lok on Discoveries of Juan de Fuca Treatise by Henry Briggs pro- i 1 90 88 64 G9 72 8Q. 103 lOG 111 149 174 155 160 161 169 Index 176 ILLUSTRATIONS. Portrait of Sir Thomas Smith Map of the Coast of Arabia, and entrance to the Persian Frontiijuece Gulf . xliii Series of Five Maps to Illustrate the History of the Delineation of Baffin's Bay :_ I.-From the Circumpolar Chart of Luke Fox, 1C35 II.-Frora Hexham's Edition of Hondius, 1G36 HI.— From Moll's Atlas, 1720 rV.~From Daines Barrington, 1818 v.— Baffin's Bay, according to Modern Charts Part of the West Coast of Greenland West Coast of Spitzbergen Facsimile of Baffin's Chart of Hudson's Strait ■ Ivi 21 103 INTRODUCTION. William Baffin, the narratives of whose voyages are now for the first time collected in a single volume, occupies a deservedly high place in the list of our early navigators. Although he is only known to us during the last twelve years of his Hfe, and his previous history is an absolute blank, yet the record of those later achievements secures for him an honourable niche in England's temple of fame. He was a daring seaman, a scientific observer, and a great discoverer. I propose, in this Introduction, to consider Baffin's position successively in those three capacities. But it will, I believe, be alike an act of justice to those who enabled Baffin to perform his work, and con- ducive to a more thorough appreciation of that work, if I devote my opening pages to a notice of the grand old Merchant Adventurers, who were the munificent patrons of discovery during the Eliza- bethan acre, Baffin gratefully immortalised the names of the generous patrons who set forth the voyages in which he served ; of Sir Thomas Smith, Sir Francis Jones, Sir Dudley Digges, Sir John Wolstenholme, and Sir James Lancaster ; and among these pillars of - auji WSP ■■ 11 LIFE OF SIR THOMAS SMITH. England's commercial greatness, Sir Thomas Smith tiikes the foremost rank. To his wisdom and pa- triotism, to his disinterested zeal for discovery, and adventurous boldness, the marvellous extension of our trade, and the honour of many of our maritime exploits, are mainly due. Thomas Smith of Westenhanger, in Kent, better known as "Customer Smith", was the son of a yeoman, of long descent in Wiltshire, and was for many years one of the Farmers of the Queen's Cus- toms. By his wife Alice, daughter of the Lord Mayor, Sir Andrew Judd, he had four sons who survived him, and three daughters. Alice Judd was descended from Sir Robert Chicheley, through whom her children were Founder's Kin of All Souls, and she was a first cousin of Sir Henry Cromwell, grandfather of the great Protector.^ Customer Smith died in 1591, and was buried at Ash ford. Of his four sons, the eldest. Sir John of Westenhanger and Ashford, was father of Thomas Smythe, first Vis- count Strangford. His line became extinct with that accomplished geographer, the eighth Viscount, who was Vice-President of the Royal Geographical Society, and died in 1869. Sir Thomas, the second son, was the Merch.'int Adventurer. Simon, the third, was slain at Cadiz in 1.597. The fourth, Sir ^ Sir Thomas Min*fin, Lord Mayor, had a daughter Alice, wife of Sir Andrew Judd and mother of AHce, who mai'ried "Cus- tomer" Smith ; and another daughter, Frances, who married Sir liichard Williams, alias Cromwell, and was mother of Sir Ifonry Cromwell of Hinchinbrook, and great grandmother of Oliver Cromwell. LIFE OF Sill THOMAS SMITH. Ill Richard Smythe, was of Leeds Castle, which his daughter sold to Sir Thomas Colepepper of Holling- bourue. Of the three dauirhters, Catharine married Sir Rowland Hayward, Lord jMayor of London ; Elizabeth married Sir Henry Fanshaw, and Jane was wife of J. Fanshaw, of Ware Park. Thomas Smith,* the second son, succeeded his- father as Customer to Queen Elizabeth, and became a successful London Merchant. He inherited, from his father, the manor of Bidborough, and an estate in the parish of Sutton-at-Hone, in Kent, called Brooke Place, where he built a laro^e house. He also had another house at Deptford, and town houses in Philpot Lane, and in Gracechurch Street. He be- came wealthy and influential, and it was his great merit to have encouraged maritime enterprise and discovery throughout a long life, not mainly for the sake of gain, but for the honour of his country. Sir Thortias Smith was an active Member of the Muscovy Company, and was among those adven- turers who despatched the first voyages to Spitz- bergen. He also took a leading part in the found- 1 He must not be confused with his contemporary, the learned Sir Thomas Smith, who was born at SalTron Walden in 1514, and whoso life was written by Strype. This Sir Thomas Smith was of Queen's College, Cambridge. In conjunction with Chckc he brought in a new way of j)ronouncing Greek, and was University Orator. He was Secretary of State in tlie reign of p]dward VI, sent ambassador to France by Queen Elizabeth, again Secretary of State in 1572, and died in 1577. He must have been many years the senior of his namesake the Merchant Adventurer. His descendant ia Sir W. Bowycr Smijth, Bart., of Hill Hall, in Essex. b -1 mfmmmmmimm IV LIFE OF SIR THOMAS SMITH. ation of the East India Company, and was elected its first Governor in IGOO. He was Shcriif of London in the same year, and was knighted by James I, at tlie Tower, on May VMh, 1603. In 1604, he was sent Ambassador to Muscovy, saihng in June, and arriving at Archangel on the 22nd of July. Thence .he proceeded to Moscow, and succeeded in obtaining privileges for English merchants from Boris Go- dunof ^ He returned in the following year, and was afterwards employed, on several occasions, in affairs of State connected with commerce. Sir Thomas Smith was re-elected Governor of the East India Company in 1607, and again in 1609 ; when, for his great services, and for having procured the first and second charters, a sum of £500 was voted for his acceptance. But he refused to take the oath of Governor until the Company took back £250. " The residue his Worship kindly yielded to take." The East India Company flovnished mightily under his wise and energetic administration ; and in 1610, the largest merchant vessel that had ever been built, was launched in presence of the King. She was named by James I, the "Trade's Increase", and at the same time his Majesty, with his own hands, placed a gold chain, worth £200, with his portrait hanging to it, round the neck of Sir Thomas Smith. ' The narrative of the Embassy was published unknown to Sir Thomas Smith and without his consent. '^Sir Thomai^ Smith's Voyage and Eiitey'tainment in Jiiissia, with the Tragical Ends of Two Emperors and One Empress tvithin one month of his being there,^' London, 1605. See also T-urchas, iii, 747. LIFE OF SIR THOMAS SMITH. The great Merchant Adventurer, while thus deve- loping the trade with India, was ever mindful of Arctic discovery. As a manager of the Muscovy Company, he despatched Jonas Poole to Spitzbergen, in 1609 ; and he had previously induced the East India Company to send Captain Weymouth in search of a North-West Passage, in 1602. But there were men of less patriotic aims in the direction ; and when Weymouth returned unsuccessful, it was re- solved that the attempt should utterly be left off. Sir Thomas Smith was, however, a true friend to Arctic discovery, through good report and evil re- port. He resolutely and persistently advocated the glorious cause, and at length, in 1611, he once more induced the East India Company to adventure £300 towards the discovery of the North-West Passage. Again, "the business did not succeed according to desire". Still, Sir Thomas remained true. In 1614, he urged the Company " not to refuse to adventure again, somewhat more, considering it were dis- honourable to withdraw from so worthy a work". Grudgingly it was resolved to adventure £200, " so that there may be no expectation of any further supply". But, in the meanwhile, a new Company had been formed in 1612, with the special object of Arctic discovery, and Sir Thomas Smith became its first Governor. It was called " the Company of Mer- chants of London, Discoverers of the North-West Passage", and Sir Thomas gathered round him, as coUengues, Sir James Lancaster, Sir Dudley Digges, . . J ■Miia.:;^^^.. ;3» . ..,^. .j...wAijjvw^< ■• y.^.^wvm^mf'i^immmmmmmm VI LIFE OF SIR THOMAS SMITH. Sir William Cockayne, Sir Francis Jones, Sir John Wolstenholme, Richard Wyche, Ralph Freeman, and William Stone, all names well known in Arctic geography. They had already, before they were actually formed into a Company, despatched Henry Hudson, in 1610, on his last fatal voyage; and in 1G12, Sir Thomas Button's expedition started, under the special patronage of Henry, Prince of Wales. The voyages of Bylot and Baffin followed. Both Arctic discovery and Indian trading ven- tures received the unceasing and laborious attention of Sir Thomas Smith during many years, and he wore himself out by his mcessant work in the ser- vice of the great trading Companies. In 1615, he was again re-elected Governor of the East India Company; again, in 1618, though ( A, and wishing to retire ; and again, in 1620, by special wish of the King, His house at Deptford was accidentally burnt to the ground in 1619, nothing being saved, except the people, who escaped narrowly. He was at the very time engaged, with Sir Dudley Carleton, in negotiating with Commissioners from the States General, on matters relating to trade. He feasted them in his house in London, in July 1619. At length, in July 1621, Sir Thomas Smith was allowed to retire from the Governorship of the East India Company, after serving for upwards of twenty years. He resigned from weakness and old age ; after having created and fully established the pros- perity of a famous body which, in after years, was destined to found a great Empire. Sir Thomas had LIFE OF SIR THOMAS SMITH. Vll himself adventured £20,000; he had closely attended to details respecting the equipn.cnt of ships, training of officers, and regulation of trade ; and had in- stilled his own enthusiasm, and desire to advance the honour as well as the wealth of his country, into the Company's servants. He encouraged the scien- tific branches of a seaman's profession, and lectures on navigation were delivered at his house by Dr. Hood,^ and Edward Wright. At the same time, he was careful to ensure the permanent record of the voyages sent out under his auspices, by furnishing historical materials to Hakluyt, and afterwards to Purchas. He was the perfect model of an enlight- ened and patriotic Merchant Adventurer, a type which has now, alas ! disappeared from this country. Sir Thomas Smith died on the 4th of September 1625, and was buried in the church of Sutton-at- Hone, in Kent. A monument to his memory may still be seen in the south aisle, with the following inscription : — M. S. To the glorie of God and to y^ pious Meraorio of the ho"bio gr T/umias Smith Kt. (late Gouernoiir of yc East-Indian Muscovia French and Sonimcr- Island Companies: Treanrer for the Virj^inian Phintations : Prime Vndertaker in the year 1612 for that noble Designe the Disco- iierie of the North-West Passarfe: Principall Coviissioner for the London-expedition against yo Pirates: and for a Voiage to ye llyver Senega upon y° Coast of Africa: one of y*' cheefe C'oniis- ^ The speech made by Dr. Hood in the house of Sir Thomas Smith in Gracechurch Street, in November 1588, was published in the same year. There is a copy in the British Museum. .«a.^^v,.^,^.^--.>-#.— iju m\m VUl EPITAPH TO SIR THOMAS SMITH. sioners for yo Nauie-Roial and sometimo Ambassadour from y^ Mat'o of Gr. Ji?'it. to yo Empcrour and great Duke of Russia and Moscovla etc.) who hauinge iudiciously, conscionably, and with ad- mirable facility managed many difficult and weighty affairs to yo honour and i)rofit of this Nation rested from his labours the 4th day of Septem. 1625, and his soul returning to Him that gaue it, his body was here laid vp in yo hope of a blessed Resurrection. " From those large Kingdomes where the Svn doth rise ; From that rich newefound-world that westward lies ; From Vo/^a to the floud of ^7/1020718; l^Vom vnder both the Polm, and all the Zones ; Vxova. all the famous Ryuers, Landes, and iSeas, Betwixt this Place and our Anti-Podes; Ho gott intelligence, what might be found . • To giue contentment, through this massie Round. But finding earthly things did rather tiro His longing Sord, then answer her desire ; To this obscured Village he withdrewe : From hence his Heauenlie Voiage did pursue. Here, sum'd vp all, and when his Gale of Breath, Had left becalmed in the Port of Death, The soules fraile Barke (and safe had landed her Where Faith his Factor, and his Ilarhinger Made place before), he did (no doubt) obtaine That wealth w^ii here on Earth wee seek in vain." There was a portrait of Sir Thomas Smith, en- graved by Simon Passe.^ The original print is very ^ Simon Passe, the son of another famous engraver, Nicholas Passe, a native of Utrecht, was employed by Hilli.ard, and was ten years in England. His father, whose works are numerous, was in England for several years, and drew many of his portraits fi'om life. This was also the practice of Simon Passe, whose earliest w^orks were James I and his Queen, Prince Henry with a lance, Raleigh, Buck, Gondomar, Archbishop Abbot. He also en- graved the Earl and Countess of Somerset, the Earls of Arundel, Dorset, and Pembroke, Sir E. Cecil and Sir T. Smith. CHILDREN OF SIR THOMAS SMITH. IX rare. Its date is 1617. It is bound up in the Grenville copy of the embassy to Kussia, and in some copies of the Surgeon's Mate, a book dedicated to Sir Thomas Smith, and published in 1617. It is a half length figure, in hat, ruff, and furred robe, holding a map in the left hand, with the words — " Russia" and " Oceanus" on it. A second, and very inferior edition, appeared in 1707. The portrait which forms the frontispiece of the present volume is taken from the copy in the Grenville library. Sir Thomas Smith was married three times. His first wife was Judith, daughter of Richard Culver- well. I have not been able to ascertain the name of the second ; but the third was Sarah, daughter of William Blunt. She was the mother of his chil- dren, and she married secondly Robert Sydney, Earl of Leicester. There were two sons born to Sir Tho- mas Smith and Sarah Blunt. The eldest. Sir John Smyth, succeeded to Brooke Place, in the parish of Sutton-at-Hone, and married Isabella Rich, a daughter of Sir Philip Sydney's "Stella". The second son married another daughter of "Stella" by the Lord Moimtjoy, in November 1618, but he left England in the following year, under some cloud. The male descendants of Sir Thomas Smith became extinct, on the death of the Chief Baron, Sir Sydney StaflfordSmythe, in 1778.^ ^ The eldest son of Sir Thomas Smith, Sir John Smyth of Brooke Place, had, by Isabella Rich, a son, Robert, and a daughter, Isabella, married to John, Lord Robartes of Truro, in 1646. Robert Smythe (for he adopted this way of spelling the name) of Brooke < KU X SIR FRANCIS JONES. One of the most active among Sir Thomas Smith's colleagues, in the encouragement of maritime en- terprise, was Alderman Francis Jones. This Mer- chant Adventurer was of a Shropshire family, citizen and haberdasher of London, Alderman of Aldgate Ward, and Lord Mayor. He was also one of the Farmers of Customs, and was knighted on March 12th 1617. He resided at Welford, and had a town house in the city, in the parish of St. Andrew Undershaft. Sir Francis died at Welford, in 1622. A still more eminent encourager of Arctic enter- prise, and one who should take rank next to Sir Thomas Smith, although he was a much younger man, was Sir Dudley Digges. He came of an emi- nently learned and accomplished family. Roger Digge was living at Mildenhall, in Suffolk, in the reign of Henry III, and his descendant, James Digges, came to Kent, and settled at Digges Court, in Barham. Here his son Leonard, the grandfather of Sir Dudley Digges, was born. Educated at Uni- Placo, married in 1652 the Lady Dorothy Sydney, widow of that Earl of Sunderland who was slain at the battle of Newbury in 1643. She waa bora in 1620, and was the " Saccharissa" of the poet Waller. By this maiTiage there was one son, Robert Smythe, Governor of Dover Castle, who died in 1698. By Catherine, daughter of William Stafford of Blatherwicke, he had a son, Henry Smythe, married to Elizabeth, danghter of Dr. Lloyd, Canon of Windsor. Henry sold Brooke Place in 1699 to Sir John le Thuillier, who pnlled down the old house built by Sir Thomas Smith. Dying in 1706, Henry Smythe left an only child, Sydney Stafford Smythe, who was called to the bar in 1728, was Chief Baron in 1772, and died childless in 1778. Thus the male line of Sir Thomas Smith became extinct. SIR DUDLEY DIOGES. versity College, Oxford, Leonard became an accom- plished mathematician, architect, and surveyor. He was the author of several learned works,' some of which were edited by his son. Leonard Digges, who was of Wootton Court, in Kent, married Brid- get, sister of those two gallant soldiers, James and Thomas Wilford, by whom he had a son Thomas. He died in 1574. This Thomas Digges inherited his father's tastes, and was one of the most eminent mathematicians of his time. He was Muster Master to the Queen's Army in the Netherlands from 1585, and prepared exhaustive reports on several im- portant military positions, and on their fortification, with plans. Thomas Digges was as remarkable for his piety as for his learning.^ He married Agnes, daughter of Sir William St. Leger, by Ursula, daughter of George Neville, Lord Abergavenny, by whom he had a son Dudley, and a daughter Margaret, married to Sir Anthony Palmer. The ^ He wrote Tecfonicum, a book on land surveying, 4to., 1556 ; second edition, edited by his son, 1592 ; third edition, 1597. Also, Pantometria, a geometrical treatise, published by his son, folio, 1591 ; and Prognostication, rules to judge the weather by sun, moon, and stars, 1555 ; new edition by his son, 1592. 2 His works were, Alae sive Scalae Mathematicae, 4to., 1573 ; Arithmetical Military Treatise, 4to., 1579 ; ^^ Stratioticos, a geome- trical treatise requisite for the practice of soldiers", begun by his father. At the end there is a report of the proceedings of the Earl of Leicester for the relief of Sluys, from his arrival at Flush- ing in June 1587, proving that his Excellency was not in fault for the loss of the town, 4to., 1579, second edition, 1590 ; Per- fect Description of the Celestial Orbs, 4to., 1599; England's Defence, a treatise concerning invasion, written 1589, published 1686, folio. xU SIR DUDLKY DKilJK.S. great nmthematiuiun died on August 24tli, 15!).'}, and was buried in the cliurclj of St. Mary'n, Alder- rnanbury. His monument was destroyed in the great fire of London, but the inscription is preserved in Strypo's edition of Stowe. Dudley Digges was born in 1.583, and was edu- cated at his grandfather's old college at Oxford, under Dr. Abbot, afterwards Archbishoj) of Can- terbury. He took his degree in ICO I, studied at the Inns of Court, travelled on the Continent, and was knighted on his return. In IGl.l, Sir Dudley Digges published a reply to an attack on the East India Company,^ in which he gave an interesting account of their ships, and of the progress of their trade ; and from this time he appears to have been intimately connected with Sir Thomas Smith's pro- jects, and to have been his friend and worthy dis- ciple. Sir Dudley was sent on an Embassy to liussia, in 1G18, and an account of his voyage to Archangel is preserved in manuscript at Oxford.'^ 1 The Defence of Trade, in a Letter to Sir TItomas Smith, Knight, Governor of tlie East India Company,, from one of that Societie, London, 1615, pp. 50; signed "Dudley Diggca". It ia a reply to a pamphlet entitled. Increase of Trade. 2 MS. Ashmole, vol. 824, xvi, p. 1 75. " A Viag of Ambasad undertaken by the Right Honnorable S^ Dudlio Diggs in the year 1618." The narrative commences with the embassy leaving the Thames in June 1618. The ship reached Archangel on July 14th, sailed for England again on August 5th, and reached St. Katheriue's, near London, on the 22nd. The manuscript ends with notes on " Things by me observed", describing the Samoyeds, the houses, carts, farms, and vegetation round Archangel, and the Kussian boats and sailing vessels. Pp. 22. SIR DUDLEY DKiUES. Mil Noxt ]»o was omployod, in IG20, at the ITaguo, to ol)tain restitution of goods taken by the Dutch from English merchants in the East Indies. In the fol- lowing year he entered Parliament, but he was so little compliant with Court measures, that he was sent to Ireland on a commission, but really as a punishment. Ho was again returned to Parliament, for the county of Kent, in 1 G2G, and was one of the eight chief managers of the charges against the Duke of Buckingham, the others being Sir John Eliot, Pym, Selden, Wandesford, Glanvile, Sherland, and Herbert. Sir Dudley Digges, by way of pro- logue, made a short and eloquent speech, and read the preamble of the charges, while Sir John Eliot's speech concluded the impeachment. For these bold measures, both Sir Dudley Digges and Sir John Eliot were committed to the Tower, by command of Charles I. Buckingham accused Archbishop Abbot of instigating Sir Dudley and, in reply, the good old man spoke manfully in favour of his former pupil. " Ever since the days of Queen Elizabeth", he said, " I have been nearly acquainted with him. PTe was my pupil at Oxford, and a very towardly one. He calleth me father, and I call his wife my daughter, his eldest son is my godson, and their children are, in love, accounted my children." Digges continued to uphold the rights of the people. In 1G27, he was appointed by the Commons to man- age a conference with the Lords respecting the re- solutions touching the liberty of the subject, and the right of every man to a writ of Habeas Corpus. XIV SIR DUDLEY DIGGKS. He opened the proceedings with an introductory historical speech of great ability, and was followed by Selden, Littleton, and Cook. In 1628 he was a member of another conference respecting the Peti- tion of Right, and he boldly protested against the King's command to the Speaker, that no member should speak against the Government.^ In April 1636, Sir Dudley Digges succeeded Sir Julius Caesar as Master of the Rolls, and he died on March 18 th, 1639.2 Sir Dudley Digges married Mary, daughter of Sir Thomas Kempe, the heiress of Chilham, near Can- terbury ; where he built a stately mansion. His wife was a kinswoman of Sir Thomas Smith, both being descendants of Philippa Chicheley, and there- fore founder's kin of All Souls. Sir Dudlev and Lady Digges had ten children, of whom the eldest, Thomas Digges, succeeded to Chilham, married Mary, daughter of Sir Maurice Abbot, and died in 1687. His son Leonard Digges died in 1718, leav- ing a son, Thomas, whose eldest son died at Cork in 1787. The second son, West Digges, was a well 1 Rushworth, vol. i, pp. 55, 302, 356, 360, 361, 450, 451, 521, 527, 546, 606. 2 Besides the Defence of Trade, Sir Dudley Digges was the author of the Compleat Ambassador, London, folio, 1665, which contains the correspondence between Sir F. Walsingham, Burleigh, Leicester, and others respecting the two treaties of the intended marriage of Queen Elizabeth. The frontispiece consists of en- gravings by Faithorne of Elizabeth, Burleigh, and Walsingham. He also wrote, Digiti Lingua, the most compendious way of silent converse ever yet discovered, London, 12mo., 1603. THE HOME OF SIR DUDLEY DIGGES. XV known comedian, and here I have lost touch of the descendants. Chilham had long before passed away to Colebrookes, Herons, Wildmans, and is now the property of Mr. Charles Stewart Hardy.^ But the old house, built by Sir Dudley Digges, is still stand- ing. It is beautifully situated on a hill, sloping away on every side. The village of Chilham, con- sisting of old-fashioned thatched houses, is built round a green, at one end the church, at the other a short avenue, leading to the old manor house. The mansion was finished in 1616, and the names of Sir Dudley Digges, and of his wife Mary Kempe, are carved over the hall door. It is a brick structure, with stone doorway and dressings, square turrets at each angle of the front, and a beautiful oriel window over the carved doorway. The two wings are at an obtuse angle to the front, a peculiar arrangement giving increased space, and the means of arranging most picturesque vistas and angles in the interior. Behind is the ancient keep of the feudal castle of the Badlesmeres, with enormously thick walls. A series of terraces with wall fruit, slope down to a well timbered park, and there are lovely views from the windows. Truly, this patriotic Merchant Ad- venturer, and bold asserter of his country's liberties, had a most lovely English home. Here, surrounded by wife and children, lie retired from the cares of State, and here he died at the age of fifty-six. Sir Dudley Digges was buried in Chilham church, ^ In 1 724, Thomas Digges sold Chilham to a mercer of London named Colebrookc, whose son sold it to Heron in ITT.'i. XVI TOMB OF SIR DUDLEY DIGORS. a cruciform edifice with double aisles. Over his grave was erected a magnificent tomb. On a square pedestal of white marble are seated four life-size female figures, and in their midst rises a pillar of black marble surmounted by an urn, with four shields of arms hanging round it.^ On each side of the pedestal there are black marble tablets with inscriptions. That on the western side preserves the memory of Sir Dudley Digges himself, " whose death the wisest men doe reckon amongst the pub- lique calamities of these times". On the south side there is a genealogical account of his family in Latin. The eastern tablet bears an inscription to the memory of Lady Digges, the heiress of Chilham, while the northern tablet records her virtues. Sir Dudley left £20 yearly to keep this monument in repair, the surplus to be given to the poor. The name of this noble promoter of voyages of discovery is also immortalised by the Cape, on the coast of Baffin's Bay, which is so often mentioned in modern Arctic voyages. Baffin's most immediate patron, to whom he ad- dressed his letters, was Sir John Wolstenholme. His father, John Wolstenholme, was a native of Derbyshire. He came up to London, and after making a fortune, established himself at Stanmore Magna, near Harrow. His son. Sir John, born in L562, was a Farmer of the Customs, and a most active promoter of voyages for the discovery of the ^ The arms of Digges, of Kemp, of Kemp and Digges impaled, and a fourth which I could not make out SIR JOHN WOLSTENHOLME. XVll North- West Passage. He was knighted by James I at Whitehall, on March 12th, 1617. He built the church at Stanmore, which was consecrated by Arch- bishop Laud in 1632, at his sole expense. He died, aged seyenty-seven, on November 25th, 1639, and was buried in Stanmore church, where there is a handsome monument to his memory. His second son, Henry, was slain in the Palatinate, while serv- ing under Lord Vere. The eldest, Sir John, was knighted by Charles I, on. IVlay 18th, 1633. He suc- ceeded to Nostell Priory, in Yorkshire, which had been purchased by his father. He was a great suf- ferer during the civil war, having joined the Royalist side, but was created a Baronet at the Restoration, and, dying in 1670, he was buried at Stanmore, His eldest son, John, who died before him, married Dorothy, the daughter of Lord Vere, and sister of Lady Fairfax, but had no children. Both were buried under a stately monument at Stanmore.^ His second son, Henry, was slain at Marston Moor. The baronetcy became extinct with Sir Francis Wol- stenholme, who died in 1780. Sir William Cockayne, Sir James Lancaster, and Mr. Richard Ball,^ were also among those liberal patrons of Arctic discovery whose ventures enabled the ships to be fitted out, and whose patriotic zeal ^ For an account of monuments in Stanmore Church, and ex- tracts from the registers, see Lysous' Environs of London^ first edition, 1795, vol. iii, pp. 395-400. ^ See notices in foot notes at page 3. C XVUl CAPTAIN JAMES HALLS infused a similar spirit into the hearts of the gallant seamen whom they employed. In Baffin's first recorded voyage, the wealthy ad- venturers wisely associated with themselves the commander of the expedition ; and it is, therefore, necessary to give some account of the brave seaman in whose company our discoverer first appears. James Hall was a Yorkshireman, and almost cer- tainly a native of HuU.^ We first hear of him as chief pilot of an expedition sent by Christian IV, King of Denmark, to discover tlie lost colonies of Greenland. It consisted of three ships : the Trosf (Comfort), with the admiral on board, a Scottish officer named John Cunningham, and James Hall as chief Pilot, was the leftding vessel. The second, named Loven, was commanded by a Dane — Godske Linden ov ; and the third was a pinnace, called Kathen, under an Englishman named John Knight. The expedition sailed from Copenhagen, on May 2nd, 1605, and sighted Greenland on the 30th. Soon afterwards, the Loven parted company and went home, after hot words. The Trost pressed onwards, and came to land under a hill named Mount Cun- ningham, between the headlands which were called Capes Anne and Sophia, after the Queen and Queen Dowager of Denmark. They were in the neigh- bourhood of the modern Greenland settlement of Holateinborg. The Danes had much communication with the Eskimo, and Hall gives an interesting ac- count of them. The Trost and Kathen safely re- 1 Luke Fox. '-^ Pni-clias calls her the Frost. -J: EXPEDITIONS TO GREENLAND, XIX bing ac- 'ely 'rost. turned to Elsinore on August lOth.^ John Knight then went back to England, but Hall continued in the Danish service. Knight commanded an expe- dition in the year 1606, in which he perished. I printed the narrative of Knight's voyage, from the original manuscript at the India Office, in 1877." The King of Denmark fitted out a second expe- dition in 1606, consisting of five vessels. There were the Trost of sixty tons, with Godske Lindenov as admiral, and Hall as chief pilot ; the Loven, of seventy tons, under John Cunningham ; the Omen (100 tons), commanded by a Norwegian named Hans Brun, a Scotch vessel of forty tons, called the Gilli- Jlower, under Corsten Richardson, and the pinnace Kathen, of twenty tons, under Anders Nolk^ of Bergen. Sailing from Copenhagen on May 27th, 1606, they were beset by mighty banks of ice, and * Hall's account of the voyage is given in Ptirchas, iii, lib. iv, cap. xiv, p. 814. There is another brief account in a Danish work, "Reiser til Gronland om de vigtigste reiser som i nyere tider ere foretagne fra Danmark og Norge for igjen at opsoge det table Gronland og at undersoge set gjenfimde, af C. Pingel," Kjoben- havn, 1845. Pingel quotes a manuscript written on board the Kathen. The original is now in a quarto volume, containing various papers about Greenland, in tiie Royal Library at Stock- holm (K. 29). The manuscript was captured by Charles X in the library of Soro in Zealand, and taken by him to Sweden. It consists of six quarto leaves, with the title, " Sanndferdigh Berettningh om thenn Groenlanndez reise som Konng May 3 Skif giorde, anno 1605." It is in the form of a ship's journal, and is signed " Alexander Leyell". 2 At the end of the Hakluyt Society's volume, Tfie Voyages of Sir James Lancaster, Knight, to the East Indies, p. 281. ^ Purchas calls him Noll. c2 T XX HALLS THIRD VOYAGE. did not reach Greenland until July, anchoring off Cunningham Fiord, to the north of Cape Sophia. The glittering mica, occurring in the gneiss, was mistaken for silver ore, and the idea of unbounded mineral wealth was indulged in by the explorers. As on the former voyage, several Eskimo were seized with their kayaks, to be taken to Denmark, and some were killed. These outrages led to fatal re- taliation when Hall appeared among the Eskimo in a subsequent voyage ; while the wretched captives pined away and died. The Greenland expedition returned in October 1 606 ;^ but King Christian still persevered. In the following year a third expedi- tion, under Carsten Richardson, was despatched with Hall on board the G'dlijlower as pilot, and "styrmand". But the crews mutinied, and the vessels never got beyond Iceland. Purchas had the journal of this third voyage in his possession, with curious drawings by Josias Hubert' of Hull, but he says that he omitted to print it because of the mu- tiny.' Christian IV then gave up his attempts to re-discover old Greenland. James Hall consequently returned to England, eager to embark once more on discoveries in the 1 Pingel gives a nan*ative written by Hans Brun, captain of the Omen, of the second expedition, the manuscript of which is also in the Royal Library at Stockholm. 2 Afterwards pilot in the Resolution in Sir Thomas Button's expedition. ^ There is a brief account of this third voyage in the work of Glaus Christophersen Lyschander, lloyal Historiographer of Den- mark, entitled, Den GriJnlandscIie Chronica (Kbhvn., 1808). THE GREENLAND VENTURE FROM HULL. XXI direction of Greenland, and full of ideas respecting silver ores and other mineral wealth. His faithful follower, a Scar])orough lad named William Huntriss, who had accompanied him in all his voyages, and had become so proficient as a navigator that King Christian had granted him a special allowance, came back with Hall. There is, in the British Museum, a manuscript report on Hall's voyages to Greenland, with several coloured maps and sketches of coast lines, which is addressed to the King of Denmark. When Christian IV abandoned the work. Hall pro- bably withheld this report, brought it with him to England, and presented it to King James. ^ James Hall induced four great Merchant Princes to be venturers with him in a voyage of discovery to Greenland in 1612. His partners were Sir Thomas Smith himself. Sir James Lancaster, Sir William Cockayne, and Mr. Ball. Two vessels, called the Patience and the Heart's Ease, were fitted out at Hull, and William Baffin first appears m history as pilot on board Hall's ship, the Patience. We are thus first introduced to William Baffin as an experienced seaman, in the prime of life, and I have been baffled ii> all my attempts to discover even a single fact respecting his former history. The name is very uncommon, and I am indebted to the ^ MS. Bibl. Reg., 17 a, xlviii, p. 261. The manuscript con- tains a narrative, a coloured map of King Christian's Fiord iix Greenland, another of Cunningham's Fiord, a third of Brade Han- son's Fiord, a fourth of the " coast of Greenland, with latitudes of havens and harbours as I found them". xxu THE NAME OP BAFFIN. obliging kindness of Colonel Chester, to whose re- search I also owe many facts and dates relating to the Merchant Adventurers, for the very few entries where it occurs. There is no trace of the name at Hull, the place where Baffin first appears to us. From the Parish Kegisters of St. Margaret, West- minster, Colonel Chester has supplied me with the following entries : — Baptized 1603. Sept. 30. Richard, son of John Baffin Buried 1609. June 8. Joseph Baffin. Plague. » „ 22. Elizabeth Baffin. „ „ July 11. William Baffin. „ 1612 June 8. Margaret Baffin. Child. In the Register of the church of St. Thomas Apostle, in the city of London, there is one entry of the name. Baptized 1609. Oct. 15. Susan Baffen, daughter of William Baffen. Colonel Chester has kindly looked at the indexes to his collections from parish registers and monu- ments, extending all over the kingdom, in more than one hundred folio volumes, comprising upwards of a million and a half of names, and the only instances of the name of Baffin are the above. We are, therefore, justified in the conclusion that it is ex- tremely uncommon. Between 1603 and 1612, we find five individuals named Baffin, three men, a woman, and a child, dying in St. Margaret's parish, Westminster, the three adults of the plague. One is named William Baffin. A child named Richard Baffin is born in St. Margaret's parish in 1603. MiaH PROBABLE ORIGIN OF BAFFIN. XXlll Lastly, the child of a William Baffin is baptized in 1609, in the church of St. Thomas the Apostle,' in Vintry Ward, within the city of London. This ward includes Queenhithe, a landing-place fre- quented by sailors, and not an unlikely locality for a seaman to take up his abode in, while on shore. These meagre facts lead to the conjecture that William Baffin was a native of London or West- minster, that he had relations living in tlie parish of St. Margaret, and that he himself had established a h6me for his wife, and for himself when on shore, in the city, in the parish of St. Thomas, and proba- bly in a street near Queenhithe, where his daughter, named Susan, was born in 1609. But Baffin him- self must have been constantly at sea, and probably raised himself, by his good conduct and talent, from a very humble position. I gather that Purchas in- tended to convey such an idea, when he speaks of Baffin as " that learned-unlearned mariner and ma- thematician, who, wanting art of words, so really employed himself to those industries, whereof here you see so evident fruits".^ If he was not a Hull man, he probably was not known to Captain Hall, and it may, therefore, be conjectured that, when Hall induced the great London merchants to join in his venture, one of them recommended Baffin to him, as an accomplished seaman. Accordingly, Wil- liam Baffin was chief pilot of Captain Hall's ship, the Patience, when, in company with the Heart's ^ The church of St. Thomas Apostle was burnt at the great fire and was not rebuilt. - See page 154. XXIV BAFFIN S GREENLAND VOYAGE. ( ' ! I I Ease, she was hauled into Hull Koad on April 10th, 1612. Andrew Barker, the master of the Heart's Ease, the mate, William Huntriss, and the quarter- master, John Gatonby, were all Yorkshiremen. The expedition finally left the Humber, and made sail for Greenland on the 22nd of April. The narrative of this voyage was written by Baffin himself, though Purchas has only preserved a frag- ment, commencing on July 8th in Cockin Sound, on the coast of Greenland. But, in Churchill's Collec- tion of Voyacjes and Travels, there is a journal of the voyage kept by one of the quartermasters named John Gatonby, a native of Hull, and dedicated to Sir Christopher Hildyard of Winestead. I have, therefore, printed the portion of Gatonby 's journal from the commencement of the voyage to July 8th, the time when Baffin's fragment, in Purchas, com- mences. Thus the whole story of the voyage is presented, though only the last half is in Baffin's own words. Captain HaU himself was murdered by the Eskimo, in revenge for the kidnapping perpe- trated by the Danes, with whom he served in the two previous voyages, and the expedition returned in charge of Andrew Barker. Baffin relates the events of the voyage while the ships were on the Greenland coast, including the death and burial of Hall, and concludes with some account of the Green- land Eskimo and their country. He examined the west coast, from Godthaab northward to Cunning- ham Fiord, and, as was his wont, made numerous astronomical observations. MiW^V«M»«i>Wl i ww. ' ^nmiw iw n THE MUSCOVY COMPANY. XXV IS As Hoon as ho returned from Grcenliind, William Baffin entered the service of the Muscovy Company. This enterprising body of merchants, under tlie lead of Sir Thomas Smith, began to send ships to fi.sh for whales near Spitzbergen, in 1597. In 1007 and 1608, the Company despatched Henry Hudson on his two important voyages to Spitzbergen and No- vaya Zemlya. In the years IGOO and IGIO, they sent Captain Jonas Pool, who carefully explored tlio whole of the west coast of Spitzbergen, naming Bell Sound, Ice Sound, and several other positions. Ho wrote interesting journals, which are given in Pur- chas, and had a prosperous career before him. But it was his ill-fate to be " miserably and basely mur- dered betwixt Ratclifte and London", after his re- turn in 1611. In the following year the Muscovy Company obtained a charter, excluding all others from the Spitzbergen fishery, native and foreign. The concession of this charter was followed by very high-handed proceedings on the part of the English, and in 1613 a fleet was sent out by the Muscovy Company, which drove away from the Spitzbergen coast fifteen sail of Dutch, French, and Bisca- yans. It is remarkable that, although the Biscayans, when in their own ships, were hunted away, the English were obliged to learn the craft and mystery of whale fishing from Biscayans whom they entered on board their own ships. In the middle ages there was a great whale frequenting the Bay of Biscay, and the Atlantic, which is now extinct, known to XXVI THE niSCAYANS. naturalists as the Bakena Bisccujensis} The fisher- men of J^iscay and Guipuzcoa had been engaged in pursuing this wliale fVoni time immemorial, and the dangerous occupation had trained up a most expert and daring race of sailors along those coasts. A whale figures in the arms of the Guipuzcoan towns of Fuentarrabia, Guetajia, and Motrico ; and the whale fishery was long the chief source of wealth to all the ports from St. Jean de Luz to Santander. The King of Spain, in conceding privileges to San Sebastian, and other whaling ports, retained his own right to a strip of blubber from the head to the foot of the whale, as the royal share. '^ But gradually the Biscayan whale became more and more scarce, and the Basque fishermen began to frequent the New- foundland banks, where 41 vessels, and 298 boats, employing 1,470 sailors, were annually sent from Guipuzcoa and Biscay, in the early part of the seventeenth century.*^ The Biscayans were still the ixiOst expert whale fishers when the Moscovy Com- pany began to send whaling ships to Spitzbergen, and it was the practice to enter a Basque ])oat's crew, from St. Jean de Luz or San Sebastian, on board one or more of the vessels of each fleet. Orders were given that they were ** to be used very 1 A complete skeleton was found in the peat of Jutland, and is now in the Museum at Copenhagen. ~ " Et si mactaveritis aliquam ballcnam detis mihi unam tiram a capite usque ad caudam sicut forum est." — Grant of San Fer- nando, 1217-1232. 3 The privileges of the Biscayan fishermen on the Newfound- land banks were recognised by Article 15 of the Treaty of Utrecht. BAFFIN S FIRST SPITZBEllGEN VOYAGE. XXVll kindly and friendly, being stranpfciM, and leaving their own country to do us Hervicc". At the same time, the Biscayan ve.ssela were forcibly driven from Spitzbergen waters.' A fleet of seven ships was fitted out by the Mus- covy Company in 1013, the connnand of which was given to Captain Benjamin Joseph. He was on board the T'ujer of 2G0 tons, with William Baffin as chief pilot ; and twenty-four Biscayans were en- gaged for the voyage. One ship of St. Jean de Luz had permission from the Company to fish, perhaps in return for the two dozen expert whalers. The English found as many as seventeen foreign ships on the Spitzbergen coast — four Dutch, two Dun- kirkers, four hailing from St. Jean de Luz, and seven from San Sebastian. All submitted to the English, most were ordered away, a few being al- lowed to fish on condition of surrendering half their catch to the English ships. The Company's fleet returned safely in September, with full cargoes. The narrative of this voyage was written by Baffin himself, and is given in Purchas. There is a second narrative, probably by Robert Fotherby, which re- mained in manuscript until it was printed by the ^ " Todavia la celebre compania de ballcnas sostcnia en el mayor esplendor el comercio de San Sebastian y aim de toda la pro- vincia, empero los Inglcscs, rivalcs do los Vascongados para alzarse en el beneficio de la pesca de laa ballcnas, y con tal objeto, euviaron en 1613 doa galeones armados a las costas de la Groen- landia, en cuyo punto se hacia a la sazon, abundante pesca do ballcnas, y apresaron doce barcos de Guipuzcoanos." — Madoz, ix, p. 163. I 1 XXVUl MAFFIN S SECOND SPITZBEKOEN VOYAGE. American Antiquarian Society/ I have reprinted both these accounts of the voyage of 1G13, one fol- lowing the other. Fotherby concludes his journal by giving an interesting description of Spitzbergen, and of the whale fishery. Baffin served again in the Spitzbergen voyage of 1G14, which was also commanded by Benjamin Joseph. This time tlie fleet consisted of no less than eleven ships and two pinnaces. Fotherby and Baffin were together in a ship called the Thomasine, and the former wrote the narrative, which is given by Purchas. During the summer, very persevering attempts were made by Fotherby and Baffin to ex- tend discovery to the eastward, along the north coast of Spitzbergen. Leaving their ship in a har- bour, they provisioned two shallops, and, on several occasions advanced eastward, unt ^hey were stopped by the ice. At length, in August, they reached Wiches Sound {Wiide Bay of modern maps), and walked thence until they came to the entrance of Sir Thomas Smith's Inlet (Hinlopen Strait), encoun- tering much danger on their return. Finally, the ship sailed, towards the end of the season, twenty leagues E.N.E. from Cape Barren {Vogelsang of the Dutch), being nine or ten leagues off shore, which brought her off Sir Thomas Smith's Inlet. Such a course and distance from Vogelsang would bring a vessel off Hinlopen Strait ; and this identifies the Sir Thomas Smith's Inlet of our old navigators with the Hinlopen Strait of the Dutch. It was the * For an account of this raanuscriiit sec p. 04 {iwtt). EXPEDITIONS OF THE NORTH-WEST COMPANY. XXIX furthest point reached by Baffin. The year 1G14 was very unfavourable for navigation, the ice having been close down on the north coast durinof the greater part of the season, Baffin returned to London on the 4th of October with the whole crew in perfect health. After his second voyage to Spitzbergen, Baffin took service with the Company for the discovery of the North-West Passage, which was directed by Sir Thomas Smith, Sir Dudley Digges, and John Wol- stenholme. These princely adventurers had, in 1(510, furnished out the gallant explorer Henry Hudson, to try if, through any of those inlets which were seen by John Davis, a passage could be found. His ship was named the Discovery, and, after discovering the great inland sea which bears his name, and win- tering on its shores, he was abandoned to his fate in an open boat, by the villainous crew. The well known story was told by a servant of Sir Dudley Digges, who remained on board, named Abacuk Prickett, The Company next sent out Sir Thomas Button, with Robert Bylot and Abacuk Prickett under him, who had both been with Hudson in his lost voyage. Henry, Prince of Wales, took special interest in this expedition. Sir Thomas Button, a talented officer, was selected by the Prince, who drew up the instructions.^ Button commanded the Discovcrij, and the second ship, under Captain In- gram, was named the Resolution. They sailed in 1 The poor young Prince died on November 6th, 1G12, aged eighteen years and a half, before P.utton returned. 'HPKWf"»"»»- ^■^^ mmmmmmmmm wm XXX BAFFIN S HUDSON STRAIT VOYAGE. I I ■'! I < May 1612, and wintered at Port Nelson, on the eastern side of Hudson's Bay. Sir Thomas Button thus made an important discovery, and he returned, in the autumn of 1613, strongly impressed with the idea that a North- West Passage existed. The Dis- covery was sent out, for a third time, under the command of Captain Gibbons, who had been with Button in the previous year. He sailed in the spring of 1614, but only reached the coast of La- brador, where he took shelter in a bay, and remained there so long that his crew named it Gibbons his hole. He returned home in the autumn. This was the record of the Company's pro(5eedings when Baffin took service under it. Three expedi- tions had been sent out under Hudson, Button, and Gibbons. The two first had made great discoveries, and the Company was not discouraged. The ad- venturers resolved to fit out the Discovery for a fourth voyage. Robert Bylot, who had been in the three previous voyages, was appointed master, and William Baffin was pilot of the expedition. An excellent system of keeping log books, inaugurated by Sebastian Cabot, was enforced by the Muscovy Company, and the officers of its ships were expected to take frequent astronomical observations. Baffin, who had a natural love for such work, was given an excellent training while serving under the Company in his two Spitzbergen voyages, and he continued the same admirable system in his western enter- prises under the North-West Passage Company. The whole history of the expedition of 1614 was i. .««~sysarsscTri':.2r: BAFFIN S HUDSON STRAIT VOYAGE. XXXI written by Baffin himself. It is printed by Purchas, but the manuscript, preserved in the British Mu- seum, is fuller. This manuscript was first edited by Mr. Rundall, who very carefully collated it with the narrative in Purchas. Mr. Rundall's edition has now been reprinted, the matter omitted by Purchas being printed in italics, and alterations and addi- tions, in the Purchas version, being noticed in the foot-notes. Baffin begins with a letter addressed to his pa- trons. Sir Thomas Smith, Sir Dudley Digges, and Sir John Wolstenholme. He describes his method in preparing the tabulated log book, and in delinea- ting the coast on his map, which is also preserved with the manuscript. As it is the only map, by this accomplished seaman, that has come down to us, it has been thought desirable to reproduce it, as a facsimile. It shows Baffin's style of drawing, and is very interesting as a real specimen of his handi- work. The letter to his employers is introductory to a tabulated log book, called The Breefe Journall. Then follows " A true relation of such things as happened in fourth voyage for the discovery of a passage to the North- West, performed in the yeare 1615." In this voyage Baffin carefully examined Hudson Strait and the western end of Southampton Island. Sir Edward Parry passed over the same ground in 1821, and noticed the places named by Baffin with interest. Parry's observations on the tides confirm those of Baffin, and the latitudes of the older navi- XXXII BAFFIN S FIFTH VOYAGE. \ ; 1 gator were found to be nearly correct. On August 6th, 1821, Parry was nearly on the spot where Baffin left off his search for a passage. Baffin's reasons for relinquishing the attempt in that direction were the increased quantity of ice, the water becoming less deep, and his seeing land bearing N.E. b. E., which led him to conclude that he was at the mouth of a large bay. Parry gave this land the name of Baffin Island, " out of respect to the memory of that able and enterprising navigator". Here Parry's own discoveries commenced.^ Returning in the autumn of 1615, Baffin prepared for his fifth and most important Arctit^ voyage, during which he discovered the great bay which bears his name. The enterprise was again undertaken by Sir Thomas Smith, Sir Francis Jones, Sir Dudley Digges, and Sir John Wolstenholme, and the same good ship Discovery, of 55 tons, with 16 men, was fitted out, with Robert Bylot (or Bileth) as master, and William Baffin as pilot. They set sail from Gravesend on the 26th of March 1616, and on the 1st of June, having passed Hope Sanderson of Davis, they en- tered upon new discoveries. It is an irreparable misfortune that Baffin's papers and maps should have fallen into the hands of old Purchas. It was upwards of two centuries before the mischief done by his suppression of the journal and maps was re- paired. We must, however, be thankful for what ^ Journal of the Second Voyage for the Discovery of a North- West Passage, by Captain W. Edward Parry, R.N., F.R.S. Mur- ray, 1824, p. 33. S T t ^SSu^^^ ' * '*»» w BAFFIN AS A GREAT NAVIGATOR. XXXIU )le lid ras ce- liat Hh- lur- the Kev. Samuel has spared. He printed Baffin's Briefe and True Relation,^ and his interesting letter to Sir John Wolstenholme,^ and certainly these two precious documents furnish us with the main inci- dents of Baffin's great discovery, and with his opinions and conclusions. But when Baffin tells us that "all these sounds and islands the map doth truly describe", we are treated to the following ex- asperating marginal note by Purchas : — " This map of the author, with the tables of his joumall and sayling, were somewhat troublesome and too costly to insert". I shall have to refer to this conduct of Baffin's injudicious editor further on, when we come to consider its consequences. Baffin had now made five voyages to the Arctic Regions. The fiords and islets of West Greenland, the glaciers and ice floes of Spitzbergen, the tidal phenomena of Hudson's Straits, and the unveiled geographical secrets of the far northern bay, were all familiar to him. He had practically sought out, and deeply pondered over the absorbing questions of polar discovery. As an astronomical observer and navigator, his unwearied diligence was as re- markable as his talent, and in this branch of study he was certainly in advance of his contemporaries. If he was a self-taught man, who had risen from a humble origin, he had so far educated himself as to be able to write letters which are not only well ex- pressed, but graced with classical allusions. He was probably past middle age when, in August 1616, » See pages 138 to 149. 2 ggg pages 149 to 1.55. d mmmmmmi XXXIV BAFFIN S FIRST VOYAGE TO INDIA. ■I he returned from his great discovery, and sought for some new employment. It was not to be expected that the Arctic pro- blems, so fascinating to all who study them, could be effaced from Baflfin's mind. It would appear that the bold navigator, like John Davis before him, con- ceived the idea of attempting the passage from Japan, and the coast of Asia ;^ and this ambitious hope id * to seek service under the East India Company . >; seventh joint-stock voyage was to be undertaken in 1617; and the fleet, which was to be comi..i>..^ d I ; '^aptain Martin Pring, was being fitted out during" cfiO .vinter. Baffin obtained an appointment in it, as master's mate on board the Anne Royal. In 1616, the trade of the East India Company was well established; the profits had been very large, and the enterprise was already a great success. Fleets had been annually sent out since 1601; and ships, of a size hitherto unknown, had been built to bring home the rich cargoes from the East. The fleet which was prepared in the winter of 1616, to make the seventh joint-stock voyage, was under the chief command of Captain Martin Pring. The Ad- miral was a ship called the Royal James, of 1,320 tons, with Captain Pring on board, and Rowland Coytmore as master. The Anne Royal, of 1,057 tons, was commanded by Andrew Shilling, of whom there was a good report, and who " was not inferior * See page 156. AN EAST INDIAN FLEET. XXXV the lAd- .320 ,057 fhom jrior to any man for government". William Baffin served under him as master's mate. The other ships of the fleet were the New Yeeres Gift, of 867 tons, "new built of Irish timber"/ of which Natlianiel Salmon was master; the Bull, of 400 tons, Robert Adams, master; and the Bee, of 15 tons, John Hatch, master. In those days the chief commander of a fleet was called the General, and his ship was the Admiral, and the second in command was the Lieutenant- General, sailing in the Vice-Admiral. The captain conducted warlike operations, and the master was responsible for the navigation and safety of the ship, and for the merchandize; but frequently the two offices were united. The purser was also held ac- countable for the cargo, under sureties, and for the provisions. The Romager regulated the stowage. The ordinary food for the sailors consisted of bread, meal, dry salted beef, pickled beef and pork, peas, beans, cod, and stock fish, beer, uud cyder. Other articles, coming under the head of " victualling ex- traordinarie", were cheese, butter, sweet oil, vinegar, aquavitse, honey, mustard, rice, lamp oil, candles. Great attention was paid to the quality of the meat, the Company slaughtering their own beasts at Black wall. Special instructions were given for diet and discipline, and strong injunctions were issued on the necessity for cleanliness, and other precautions for preserving health. The most terrible scourge, in the early voyages to India, was the scurvy. In 1 Sir Dudley Digges' Defence of Trade. d2 r- -tn^^mmm^ii "■"^■W XXXVl SCURVY AND ITS CURE. a curious little book, called the Surgeon's Mate,^ the prevention and cure of this disease are very fully discussed. The causes of scurvy are said to be in- finite and unsearchable ; but the chief exciting causes were believed to be long continuance of salt diet, want of sufficient food, and of wine and beer to comfort and warm the stomach, want of changes of clothes, not keeping the clothes clean and dry, and not keeping the cabins sweet and clean. The men were attacked on the voyage from England to the Cape, and on landing they grew strong again, cured by fresh air and fresh food. When deprived of fresh food, the surgeon is recommended to use wine, sugar, and spices, to see that the men's sleep- ing places are clean and sweet, and to provide them- selves with juice of oranges, limes, and lemons, wherever they touch. A quantity of lime juice was always sent on board, by the good care of the mer- chants ; and the instructions were that it should be * " The Surgeon's Mate, or a treatise discoverinj? faithfuljy and plainely the due contents of the surgeon's chest, tlie uses of the instruments, the virtues and operations of the medicines, the cures of the most frequent diseases at sea, namely wounds, apos- tumes, ulcers, fractures, dislocations, with the true manner of amputation, the cure of the scurvie, the fluxes of the belly, of the coUica and illica passio, the callenture, with a briefe explanation of sal, sulphur, and mercury, with certaine characters and tearmes of arte. Published chiefly for the benefit of yonng sea surgeons imployed in the East India Companies affaires, by John Woodall, Master in Chirurgery." London, printed at the Tyger's Head in Paul's Churchyard, 1617, pp. 348, small 4to. "To the farre renowned, vertuous, and worthy knight. Sir Thomas Smith, Governor of the East India Company, my singular good patrone." EAST INDIA FLEET UNDER MAKTIN I'HING. XXXVll given daily to the men in health, as a preservative. " To that terrible disease of the scurvy, how excel- lent hath it been approved".^ When an East Indian fleet was fully equipped, it was usually inspected by Sir Thomas Smith, or his deputy, before sailing. The fleet, commanded by Martin Pring, left Gravesend on February '1th, 1617, and Maurice Abbot, the Deputy-Governor of the East India Company, with divers Commissioners, came on board on the 6th, mustered the men, and paid the wages. On the 5th of March, the ships weighed anchor in the Downs, and after a prosperous voyage, they arrived at Saldanha Bay on the 21st of June. Captain Pring was obliged to use force, to get a supply of cattle and sheep ; but a number were obtained, which overjoyed the hearts of the sick men. In September 1617, the fleet arrived at Surat.'^ ^ SttrgeorCs Mate, p. 194. '•* There are three accounts of the proceedings of this fleet in Pxirchas. I. " Relations and Remembrances taken out of a large Jour- nall of a voyage set forth by the East India Societie, wherein were employed the James, the Anne, the New Yeere's Gift, the Bull, and the Bee, written by John Hatch, master of the Bee, and after of the Ne%v Yeere's Gift, and lately came home in the James." Vol. i, p. 168, lib. v, cap. iiii. II. " Voyage of the Anne Hot/all from Surat to Mocha in the Red Sea for settling an English trade in those parts, 1618, ex- tracted out of Master Edward Heynes, his Journal." Vol. i, lib. V, cap. V, p. 622. III. Second voyage of Captain Pring. Vol. i, lib. v, cap. vii, p. 601. In the India Office there is a manuscript journal written by Robert Adams the master of the Bull (No. 20). A very meagre log. mmmmm XXXVlll BAFFIN IN THB "ANNE UOYAL". It was then determined to send Captain Shilling to the Red Sea, "for settling an English trade in those parts". Instructions were drawn up by Sir Thomas Roe, the Ambassador at the Court of the Mogul, and three merchants, named Joseph Sal- ban ke, Edward Heynes, and Richard Barber, were selected to conduct the business. The Awie Royal sailed from Swally Roads on March 17th, and an- chored off Mocha on the 13th of April 1618. The merchants then went on shore with presents to the Governor, and eventually Captain Shilling succeeded in obtaining a Firman from the Pasha, for English merchants to trade at Mocha and Aden. In May, the Anne Royal crossed the Red Sea to the bay of Assab, on the African side, for the benefit of the sick men, to procure ballast, and also with a view to exploring the coast ; and Baffin was very diligently employed in surveying and preparing charts. On July 21st, the ship returned to Mocha, and on the 20th of August Captain Shilling sailed for India. Later in the year the Anne Royal was in the Persian Gulf, and Baffin again made ^ood use of his time, observing and surveying the coasts. Retiu'ning to Surat, the Anne Royal commenced her horaewai'd voyage in February, and arrived in the Thames in September 1619. She was ordered to unlade at Woolwich. Baffin had been absent on this voyage to the East Indies for more than two years, from 1617 to 1619, and had won both the confidence of his immediate superior, and the approbation of the Company. In ■(wmni FLEKT OF CAPTAIN SHILLING. XXXIX the Court's Minutes of October 1st, 1619, there is the following entry : ** William Baffyn, a master's mate in the Anne, to have a gratuity for his pains and good art in drawing out certain plots of the coast of Persia and the Red Sea, which are judged to have been very well and artificially performed ; some to be drawn out by Adam Bowen, for the benefit of such as shall be employed in those parts."^ Captain Andrew Shilling commanded the Anne Royal so ably, and conducted important negotiations with such discretion and zeal, that he was selected to have charge of the fleet in the following year. It consisted of four new ships, the building of which was only completed in the end of 1619. The great ship, built at Deptford, was named the London, and Captain Shilling was allowed to choose her as his Admiral. The Harte, commanded by Captain Blithe, was the Vice-Admiral. The other two ships were the Roebuck, under Captain Richard Swan, and the Eagle, whose master was Christopher Browne. William Baffin, at the special recommendation of Captain Shilling, was appointed master of the London,^ and he thus received the command of a ship for the first time. He had worked his way zealously and resolutely, and had become one of the ^ Calendar of State Papers {Colonial), East India, 1617 21, p. 257, para. 748. Adam Bowen was a clerk in the Company's counting house, and was also employed to draw up sailing directions from the journals, and to prepare fair copies Of charts. ■■* Calendar of State Papers {Colonial), East Indies, 1617-21, para. 758. xl VOYAGE OV THE "LONDON best astronomical observers of his day, a daring and skilful navigator, and even a great discoverer, before his distinguished services were recognised, and he at length became the master of a large ship.^ On the 4th of February 1620, the London set sail from Gravesend, and on the 25th of March she departed from the Downs, with the rest of the fleet in company." On June 25th they reached Saldanha Bay, and on July 20th Baffin was present at a con- sultation on board the London, as to whether it would be better to go within or without the island of St. Lawrence or Madagascar. After a long voyage they anchored in Swally Koad, on the 9th November. Here news was received that a combined force of Portuguese and Dutch ships was waiting off" Jjtshak, near the entrance of the Persian Gulf, to intercept and attack the English ships. The fleet, therefore, left Swally on November 19th, and went in search of the enemy. On the 16th of December, Captain ^ Officers of the London — William Baffin, master ; Bartholomew Symonds, surgeon j Nicholas Crispe, purser ; John Woolhouse, chaplain ; Robert Jefferies, John Barker, Edward Monox, mer- chants ; Archibald Jennison, master's mate ; Edwyn Guy, purser's mate. 2 There are two journals kept on board ships belonging to this fleet, among the manuscript logs at the India Office. No. 24. '* The journal of ArchibiUd Jennison on board the London, commanded by Captain Andrew Shillinge, from 1620 to 1622." Thirty-seven and a quarter MS. pages. No. 25. " The journal of Captain Richard Swan of the Rot- buck (300 tons) from 1620 to 1622." Sixty-eight pages. This journal of Richard Swan is also given by Purchas, vol. i, lib. v, cap. 16, p, 723. FIGHT WITH THE PORTUGUESE. xli Shilling, with his four ships, came in sight of two large Portuguese ships, and two smaller Flemish vessels, forming a fleet under the command of Ruy Frere de Andrado, with Joam Boralio as Vice-Ad- miral. The fight commenced at once, and continued, without intermission, for nine hours. The Portuguese then anchored to repair damages, and the English ships, after raking them, put into Jashak Roads, on the Mekran coast. The two fleets watched each other for ten days, and a second and more decisive encounter took place on the 28th of December. Captain Swan, in the manuscript journal at the India Ofiice, gives a lively accoui t of the second fight. He says : — " Our broadsides were brought up, and the good ordinance from our whole fleet played so fast upon them that, doubtless, if the knowledge in our people had been answerable to their willing minds and ready resolutions, not one of the galleons, unless their sides were impenetrable, had escaped us. About three in the afternoon, unwilling, after so hotte a dinner, to receive a like supper, they cutte their cables, and drove with the tide until they were without range of our guns, and then their frigate came to them, and towed them away, wonderfully mangled and torn. Their Ad- miral, in the greatest fury of the fight, was enforced to heale his ship to stop his leakes, his main topmast overboard, and the head of his mainmast. In the London, our Admiral and Peter Robinson were wounded ; Henry Grand and John Coard slain ; in the Hart, Edmund Okely wounded, and Walter i * H ^ I! S I i .', xlii DEATH OF CAPTAIN SHILLING David killed. The shot spent in both fights was 1,382 by the London-, 1024 by the Hart; 815 by the Roebuck, and 800 by the Eagle ; total, 4,021." The calm prevented the two latter vessels from joining in the first part of the battle. " Our worthy Admiral, in the beginning of the fight, received a great and grievous wound through the left shoulder, by a great shot, which hurt he with such courage and patience underwent, that it gave great hope to us all of his most wished re- covery. But having, besides the wound, two of the uppermost ribs on the left side broken, this day, about noon, he departed this life, showing himself, as ever before, a resolute commander ; so now, in his passage through the gates of death, a most willing, humble, constant, and assured Christian. His body was interred at Jasques^ on the 9th, with all the solemnity, decency, and respect the time and place afforded." Captain Shilling died at noon, on the Cth of January 1621. In the afternoon, "white box No. 1" was opened, and Captain Blithe, according to order, assumed the chief command. It was then arranged, by a consultation, that William Baffin should con- tinue master of the London, that Swan should be removed from the Roebuck to the Hart, that Chris- topher Browne should go to the Roebuck, and that Thor.ias lay lor should be master of the Eagle. The merchants on board the London had a quarrel while the ship was in Jashak Roads ; Mr. Monox ^ Jashak. i wmm Lon^tiide Egit 68 frain Greanwich liMVfsIljir AT LONDON S HOPE. xliii trying to disgrace and excite dis-esteem against his colleague, Mr. JefiPries, which led to a certificate on the subject being signed by William Baffin the master, and countersigned by the Chaplain and the Surgeon.^ In February the ships returned to Siu'at. The fleet, under Captain Blithe, was then to have proceeded to the Red Sea ; but it was found to be too late in the season, and the ships shaped a course to the coast of Arabia. The Hart and Roebuck went to the barren island of Masirah, while the London stood onwards, in the direction of Ras al Had, which the English then called Cape Rossel- gate. Baffin put into the little port of Sur, on the 'Oman coast, and found water and palm trees. The other ships were ordered to join company, and Siir received the name of " London's Hope". The lati- tude was found to be 22° 32' N.^ Here they appear to have remained at anchor until the 15th of August, when they all set sail for India. The English now agreed with Shah Abbas the Great, of Persia, to drive the Portuguese out of Ormuz, by a joint attack. The great Viceroy, Albu- querque, had occupied this island in 1515, built a ^ Calendar of State Papers, Colonial {East Indies), 1617-21 p. 414, para. 972. 2 Lieutenant WcUsted gives the latitude of Sur at 22° 37' N.; longitude, 59" 36' E. He was there in November 1835. Sur is the port, of the district of Jailan, a largo collection of huts neatly constructed with the leaves of date palms, and erected on either side of a deep Lagoon, which also serves for its harbour. During the S. W. monsoon the coast of Arabia is a dead lee shore. — Ji. G. aS'. Journal, vii, p. 104. xliv THE PORT AT KISHM. strong fort, and exacted an exorbitant tribute from the people, but retained the succession of native kings. The commerce and importance of Ormuz began to decline from the date of the Portuguese occupation, partly owing to their rapacity, and partly on account of the new channel for trade by the Cape of Good Hope. Still, the place was wealthy at the time of the Anglo-Persian attack. The Shah agreed to give the English, for their help, a share of the plunder, and half the customs duties at Gombroon (Bandar 'Abbasi). The English fleet assembled at Surat, and consisted of the London, with Captain Blithe and William Baffin on board, the Jonas, Whale, Dolphin, and Lion. On the 23rd of December 1621, they arrived at an open roadstead on the Persian coast, near Minab, Ormuz being in sight about ten leagues W.N.W. Here the news was received that the Portuguese had erected a fort on the island of Kishm, to protect some wells, to which the Persians had ineffectually laid siege for some time. On the 19th of January 1622, the English fleet anchored off the town of Ormuz, expecting that the enemy's ships, under Ruy Frere de Andrada, would come out to fight. But it was found that Ruy Frere was in the fort at Kishm, an important post, because it defended the wells for supplying Ormuz. This fort had been built out of the stones of a fine town, containing tombs and mosques, which had been pulled down for the purpose. The wall was of great height, with half moons, and flankers, and a deep dry moat. The Portuguese were already DEATH OF BAFFIN. xlv beleaguered by a Persian army, and the English fleet arrived on the 20th of January 1622. The first operation was to land a certain number of guns from each ship, and to throw up batteries. The siege then commenced, and after two days, William Baffin went on shore with his mathematical instruments, to take the height and distance of the castle wall, so as to find the range '* for the better levelling of his piece. But as he was about the same, he received a shot from the castle into his belly, wherewith he gave three leaps, and died im- mediately". Purchas says : — " In the Indies he dyed, in the late Ormus businesse, slaine in fight with a shot, as hee was trying his mathematical! proiects and conclusions."^ The death of the great navigator took place on January 23rd, 1622. On February 1st the fort of Kishm surrendered, and the fall of Ormuz followed a few days after.^ ^ See page 156. 2 Tlie " Ormuz businesse", as it was called, is related by Master W. Pinder, in Purchas, ii, lib. x, cap. ix,' p. 1787. Also in a * letter to Sir John Wolstenholme from T. Wilson, chirurgeon ; and in the journal of the merchant, Edward Monox, both given in Purchas. • In the fort of Kishm seventeen guns were captured, and Ruy Frere de Andrada was sent as a prisoner to Surat on board the Lion. On the 9th of February, the rest of the English fleet, with about 200 Persian boats laden with soldiers, sailed from Gombroon to Ormuz. About 3,000 Persians landed, occupied the town, and drove the Portuguese into the castle. The English planted batteries, and directed the siege operations, a practicable breach was formed, but the Persian assaults were repulsed. Oa the 23rd, the Portuguese offered to surrender to the English ; and, on the 27th, the garrison embarked for Goa in two of the I xlvi MRS. BAFFIN S CLAIM. 1* I ! I I ■ Baffin does not appear to have made a will, and he probably left no surviving children, or we should have heard of them, either as claimants of his pro- perty, or as recipients of the charity of the Com- pany.^ But his old widow lived to make claims which were considered troublesome. She is described as a "troublesome impatient woman" who had re- ceived £100, and Sir John Wolstenholme, her hus- band's patron, was moved to cause her to have patience awhile. This was in August 1623. On November 7th of the same year the Court's Minutes record a letter on behalf of Mrs. Baffin for the money due to her deceased husband. The Court "are ready to pay what is due for wages, but to pay £800 which cannot but be gotten by private trade, the Company will not do it. Nevertheless, Mrs. Baffin shall expect their further answer". On the 21st she came in person, accompanied by a Mr. Robert Bourne, and " made demand of her hus- band's estate, who deceased in the Indies in the Company's service". The Court told them that " if Baffin's estate were questioned it might prove dan- gerous to the widow, especially if it be true, which she pretends, that he carried £6()0 out in money, a thing utterly unlawful". The Court proposed arbi- tration, and Mr. Bourne desired time to consider it. prizes. It was not nntil Septen)ber that the English ships left Ormuz in possession of the Persians and returned to Surat. Orniuz was utterly ruined, and has ever since remained desolate. ^ As in the case of Henry Hudson's son, and scores of other children of men who had served the Company well. BAFFIN S VOYAGES. xlvii . a On the 28th, two arbitrators were chosen on i!ther side. The matter lingered on for three years, and, in January 1628, it was ordered that Mi's. Baffin should have £.500 in full of all demands, provided that she herself, her friend Mr. Bourne, and her second husband, should join in a discharge to the Company. It was said that Mrs. Baffin was then advanced in years and deaf, and "had made an unequal choice of a man not of the best governed". The Court, therefore, promised so to work with the husband that some honest means might be allotted her out of this grant. This is all that is pre- served to us concerning the gallant old sailor's family.^ We only know the history of Baffin in the last ten years of his life, from 1612 to 1622. During that period he was engaged in seven important voyages. In the first (1612) he explored the west coast of Greenland. In the second and third (1613 and 1614) he navigated along the coasts of Spitzbergen. In the fourth (1615) he examined Hudson's Strait. In the fifth (1616) he discovered the great bay which bears his name. In the sixth (1617-19) he made valuable surveys in the Red Sea and Persian Gulf. In the seventh (1620-22) he took part in a well sustained sea fight, and fell gloriously in the service of his country. We have seen the place he holds as a brave and able seaman ; we will now con- it ^ Calendar of State Papers, Colonial (East India), 1622-24, pp. 140, 175, 181, 184, 189, 219, 231 ; Court Minute Booh, vi, pp. 248-2G7. xlviii BAFFIN S OBSERVATIONS. aider the position he takes as a scientific observer and as a great discoverer. We first became acquainted with Baffin in July 1612, at Cockin Sound, on the coast of Greenland, and he is then actively employed on an experimental observation for obtaining the longitude by moon's culmination.* The fact of his attempting to take an observation of this kind, the care with which he made all* his arrangements, and the interesting re- marks with which he accompanied their record, prove him to have been a man who had already devoted much time to self culture, and who was alike thoughtful and ingenious. In the fragment of his journal of this voyage that has been preserved, Baffin records sixteen observations for latitude, and eight for variation of the compass, besides this ob- servation for longitude. In his first voyage to Spitzbergen, Baffin observed for dip as well as for variation ; and he tells us that he used a quadrant of four feet semidiameter in taking his altitudes.^ But his most interesting observation during this voyage of 1613 was for sun's refraction, although there appear to be several mistakes in the record of it. Baffin's method of finding the refraction is most ingenious. He first obtains the latitude, and then takes the difference between the co-latitude and the declination, corrected for the instant when he ob- served the Bun on meridian below the pole to have one fifth of its diameter above the horizon. Then dividing the whole diameter of the sun into fifths, * See page 20, and note at page 122. - Page 44. BAFFIN S OBSERVATIONS. xHx 1 e e n he calculates that the sun's centre was three-tenths^ of its whole diameter below the horizon. Sub- tracting three-tenths of the difference between the co-latitude and the declination from that difference, he gets the approximate refraction.^ The second Spitzbergen voyage is recorded by Fotherby, so that the personal work and remarks of Baffin are lost to us ; but, during the voyage up Hudson's Strait in 1615, we find him again as active and intelligent as ever. He records twenty-seven observations for variation of the com})ass, and daily observations for latitude. He also describes a complete lunar observation, the elements being ob- served altitudes of sun and moon, and angular dis- tance probably measured by difference of azimuth. These elements, cleared from the effects of parallax and refraction, would give the true distance, and the longitude could be found by using the right ascen- sions of the sun and moon, without the aid of the tables of lunar distances now given in the Nautical Almanack.^ Of course, the distance must have been very roughly observed, and the whole attempt was merely experimental and tentative. But it shows that Baffin was acquainted with the method of finding longitude by observing the altitude of the moon and some other heavenly body, and measuring the angular distance between them ; a method first suggested in 1514 by Werner, and again in 1545 by Gemma Frisius. It enables us to claim for Baffin ^ At page 51 (line four from bottom) " foure five" is obviously a misprint for three-tenths. - See p. 51. ' See p. 122. 1 BAFFIN S OBSERVATIONS. the honour of being the first who ever attempted to take a lunar at sea. Baffin also records, during the voyage up Hudson's Strait, another attempt to find the longitude by lunar culmination.^ He took tidal observations, and the correctness of his deductions from them was long afterwards confirmed by Sir Edward Parry. "^ In his fifth voyage, when he discovered Baffin's Bay, the great explorer was especially diligent in observing for variation of the compass, but unfortu- nately his tabulated journal was injudiciously thrown aside by Purchas, into whose hands it fell. In his narrative he only gives the variation of Smith Sound. Enough has been preserved, however, to show that Baffin takes rank among the foremost scientific seamen of his day, and that he combined perseverance and diligence with painfully acquired knowledge, and remarkable ingenuity and originality of conception. His magnetic observations are of permanent value, for they enabled Professor Han- steen to construct the first of his series of variation maps. His style of drawing is shown in the fac- simile map which illustrates the present volume ; and the great value of his surveying work in the East Indies earned for him special recognition the East India Company. As a geographical discoverer, Baffin explored a portion of the west coast of Greenland in 1G12, and the west coast of Spitzbergen in 1613. In 1614, Fotherby and Baffin made several attempts to ex- 2 See vote at page 132. 1 Page 124. BAFFIN S SriTZBERGEN DISCOVERIES. u tend discovery eastward, along the north coast of Spitzbergen. The season was very unfavourable, the ice being close down on the north shore. But they persevered, and useful work was done, by means of expeditions from their ship in open boats, and by climbing up high hills to obtain more exten- sive views. In this way they examined the coast from Hakluyt Headland to Wijde Bay of modern maps, and saw a more distant point of Spitzbergen, about sixty miles E.N.E. of the furthest point they reached. Finally, at the end of the season, the ice allowed them to take tlie ship a distance of about sixty miles E.N.E. from Vogelsang of modern maps, which they called Cape Barren. They were then off the entrance of Hinlopen Strait, and nine or ten leagues from the land.^ ^ But there is not the slightest foundation for Dr. Petermnnn'a theory, that Baffin saw the western shore of Franz Josef Land. There is not a word or a syllable in the narrative to justify the notion. In the R. G. S. Proceedings, vol. xix (1874-75), p. 177, Dr. Petermann says : — " I consider it also highly probable that that great Arctic pioneer and navigator, William Baffin, may have seen the western shores of Franz Josef Land as long ago as 1G14, for in that year he proceeded to 81° N. latitude, and thought he saw land as far as 82' to the north-east of Spitzbergen, which is accord- ingly marked in one of Purchas's maps." See also Mittheiluagen, 18 Band (1872), p. 112, and the map facing page 392 in 20 Band, 1874. From the Mittheilungen, it would seem that this notion was conceived by Dr. Petermann, not by referrmg to the narrative in Purchas, where nothing of the sort is to be found, but by mis- interpreting a loose, second-hand statement made by Daines Bar- rington. Fotherby and Baffin climbed a high hill at the entrance of Wijde Bay, and saw the coast line of Spitzbergen to the E.N.E. lii DISCOVERY OF BAFFIN S BAY. Baffin's work in Hudson's Strait does not amount to discovery, but it vras a painstaking and valuable survey, and was recognised by Sir Edward Parry us praiseworthy and highly creditable. The fame of Baffin mainly rests upon the dis- covery of the great bay extending north from Davis Strait. Passing Hope Sanderson, the furthest point reached by Davis, Baffin came to the Women Islands, and the Baffin Islands off Cape Shackleton, at the southern end of Melville Bay. Ha then crossed Melville Bay, between the 1st and 3rd of July, a most extraordinary piece of good lortune ; and, ar- riving off Cape Dudley Digges, he. entered the North Water, which " anew revived our hope of a passage".^ On the 3rd, the explor'^rs anchored off VVolstenholme Sound, but a gale of wind forced them to make sail, and stand out to sea.^ Their for about twenty leagues distance (see p. 93). This is the single fact on which I'etermann's erroneous theory is based. Baffhi or Fothtrby never proceeded to 81° N., nor thought they saw land in 82" N., nor is such land marked in any of Purchas's maps. Tliey were never more than thirty miles from the north coast of ISpitzbergen, and their highest latitude was 80° 20' N. The most distant point they could have seen was the North Capo of North- East Land, or possibly one of the Seven Islands. These furthest points arc marked correctly on the map in Purchas as a part of Spitzbergen, called Point Purchas, and the island "Purchas P/ws Dltra'\ 1 Page 144. 2 Sir John Ross says : — *' We found the entrances to this inlet, and the general form anil a^jpearance of the land to agree ex- trenicly well with the description of it given by Baffin, as well as 'I'd bearings and distances from Cape Dudley Digges." — Vof/aif of the Isabella and Alexander, Captain John Ross (1818), p. 1-56. DISCOVERY OF BAFFIN'S BAY. liii foresail was blown away, and the wind blew with such fury that they were unable to show any canvas to it. When it cleared they found themselves em- bayed in an inlet, which Baffin named Whale Sound. The weather then moderated, and the little Discovery sailed past Hakluyt Island, to the entrance of Smith Sound. Next, the explorers sighted the Gary Is- lands ; and in the morning of July 10th, they were oflf Jones Sound, where a boat was sent on shore. This was the first time they had landed since leaving the Baffin Islands. In 74° 20' N., they discovered the entrance of Lancaster Sound, but Baffin failed to realize the fact that it was the opening to a strait of which he was in search. Here his hope of a pas- sage began to be less every day, and he ran south along the edge of the ice, trying to reach the west shore. Giving up this attempt when in 65° 40' N., Baffin stretched across to Greenland, to obtain re- freshment for his men, and anchored in Cockin Sound on the 28th of July. This discovery of Baffin Bay was not only very important in itself, but it was acliieved by a most remaikable voyao-e. No other vessel has shice been at the entrance of Smitli Sound, and recrossed the Arctic Circle within the month of July. Tlie names given by Baffin, during the voyage, were as follows : — Womeu Islands. Hume Souud. Sir Dudley Digges Cape. Wolsteuholnie tsound. Whtiie Sound. Hakluyt Lslaud. '^} liv MAPS OF Baffin's bay. Sir Thomas Smith Sound. Gary Islands. Alderman Jones Sound. Sir James Lancaster Sound. He thus immortalized the names of his generous patrons. The omission of Purchas to pubh'sh Baffin's tabu- lated journal and map, led to geographical blunders during the next two centuries, and to such confusion that at length the very exiptence of Baffin's Bay was doubted. It is interesting to trace the history of these errors respecting Baffin's Bay, and I have, therefore, caused a series of five maps to be pre- pared, which illustrate the subject. I. The first is from a very rare circumpolar map, which was drawn to illustrate the narrative of Luke Fox, but is only to be found in one or two copies of his book. The copy in the British Museum has not got it, and a facsimile has been inserted. Here Baffin's Bay is shown correctly, and it seems pro- bable that this part of Fox's map may have been copied from the lost map of Baffin. The date is 1635, less than twenty years after Baffin's dis- covery.^ 1 N'orth- West Fox, or Fox from the Iforth- West Passage (Lon- don, 1635), Luke Fox was a Yorkshire man, an able and intrepid navigator, as well as a quaint and very entertaining writer. In his book he gives a history of discovery in the Arctic Regions down to the time of his own voyage. He then says that he had been itching to start himself ever since 1 606, when he was to have gone out as mate to John Knight. Mr. Briggs, the mathematician, encouraged him in MAPS OF BAFFIN S BAY. Iv II. But tlie theoretical map makers, having no sure guide such as Baffin's own map would have supplied them with, soon began to delineate the bay in ways of their own. Hondius first published a map entirely different from that in Luke Fox's book. There is a great prolongation westward, and then a strait leading south into Hudson's Bay. My second map is reproduced from Hexham's edition of Hondius, published in 1636. In the Atlas of Vischer (Am- sterdam, 1651), and in that of De Wit (1880), the treatment of Hondius is followed. Beyond the Women Islands there is a long strait ; then Baffin Bay as a mere indentation, turning north at Cape Dudley Digges, with an opening due south into Hudson's Bay. All Baffin's names are given, except the Gary Islands. III. My third map is from Moll's Atlas (London, 1720), about a century after the discovery. Moll had before him both the delineation of Luke Fox's map, and the later developments of Hondius and his imitators. He, therefore, gives Baffin's Bay, and Davis Strait, according to Luke Fox ; but also shows the coast line of Hondius by a shaded line, adding a legend — " Some will have Baffin's Lay to n the idea, and Sir John Wolsteuhohne, the younger, became trea- surer for the voyage. He sailed in May 1631, went up Hudson Strait, and discovered the western shore of the channel leading to Fury and Hecla Strait, which has never been visited since. He conducted the voyage with judgment and energy, and achieved an excellent piece of geographical work. Ivi MAPS OF BAFFIN S BAY. ) run west, as far as this faint shadow." Van Keulen (Amsterdam, 1726) was led into still greater con- fusion. He gives the outline from Hondius and De Wit, but repeats all the names of Baffin twice ; first, where the long strait turns to the west, and again in the westward continuation. D'Anville (1761) follows De Wit; but opposite Disco is "James Island", with " Davis Strait" on one side, and " Baffin Strait" on the other. The Atlas of Bowles (1 765) is copied from D'Anville. In the Atlas of Maltebrun (1812) there is a great improvement. A large bay is given northward, in a line with Davis Strait ; the Gary Islands are placed close to the north coast, and there is no Hondius opening to Hudson's Bay. The Atlas of J. Thompson (Edin- burgh, 1817) follows Maltebrun. iii IV. But all these discrepancies in the Atlases led to such confusion of ideas that at last the very ex- istence of Baffin's Bay began to be doubted. In the book entitled The Posdhilitij of approaching the North Pole, asserted hij the Hon. Daines Barring- ton, which was published in 1818, there is a circum- polar map "according to the latest discoveries". Here the distance betweei- Greenland and Cumber- land Land, on the Arctic Circle, is given as about 400 miles. " James Island" is in the centre, with Davis Strait on the east, and Baffin Strait on the west side of it. This seems to have been copied from D'Anville. To the north is a great bay with !an enormous westward extension, and a third strait 706. III. 320 \ es I \ou^ AY ACCORDING TO MODERN CHART. V. 50 A I F I N S \ eiU»erfc«^- :tU 1 76 jide %Bt from 70 GreeawicK .■Sd**Walkr. SdK^Wcli.,' BAFFlN'r BAY FROM HENRY HEXHAM'S EDITION OF H0NDUI8 ATLAS PRINTED 1686. ||. Edw4"W«nBr. ifitaMBMl* II. •St Baffin's Bay from molu^s atlas i706. III. 280 2$o 300 310 320 ^Tho^ {.a£ \tuitsi' \ V Sounds \ 3 af finis V \ Edw*"W«nBr. .■Sdw^^yyettBT. Baffin*8 Bay ENLARGED FROM THE ClRCUMPOLAR MAP In Daines Barrinoton*8 ''Possibility of approaching THE North Pole Asserted? (18I8) rv. 90 «rH H-tT, 8U I— I M -^ 70 60 I— I M I— I I— I. 50 Lon^itud.6 West 70 from Greenwich. GO i!dv^vrellei. ifitaMHMA rv. 75 70 65 60 BAFFIN'S BAY ACCORDING to wodern chart. 00 60 80 Ioii^iludeTt%Bt&am70 Gi^eeuwich. V. 76 BdwiWellto, VINDICATION OF 3AFFIN. 1 • • Jni leading into Hudson's Bay. Across the great bay is written, " Baffin's Bay, according to the relation of W. Baffin in 1616, but not now believed". In the same year Sir John Barrow published a circumpolar map to illustrate his " Chronological History of the Voi/arjes into the Arctic Regions (1818) in which Baffin's Bay is entirely expunged. Davis' Strait is made to open northwards on to a blank space. Thus, after many varied methods of treatment, the great discovery of Baffin was at length entirely ignored and discredited. V. But in the very year of the publication of these incredulous maps. Captain Ross made his voyage in company with Lieutenant Parry, re-discovered Baf- fin's Bay, and finally cleared away all this mystifica- tion. At length the great navigator received full credit for his discovery, and for the admira])le way in which he had conducted it. Ross and Parry were as much struck with Baffin's accuracy as an observer, as with his gallantry and skill as a navi- gator in pushing the little Discovenj of 55 tons through the middle pack into the " North Water", and bringing her safely back again. My fifth map shows the outline of Baffin's Bay, according to recent charts. Sir John Ross says, in the narrative of his voyage of 1818, "In re-discovering Baffin's Bay I have derived great additional pleasure from the reflection that I have placed in a fair light before the public the merits of a worthy man and able navigator, / If Vlll BAFFIN S PLACE AS A DISCOVEUKH. wliose fate, like that of many others, it has not only been to have lost, by a combination of circumstances, the opportunity of acquiring during his lifetime the fame he deserved, but, could he have lived to this period, to have seen his discoveries expunged fnjm the records of geography, and the bay with vvhicli his name is so fairly associated, treated as a phantom of the imagination." Ross identified all the places mentioned and named by BaflBn, and bears frequent testimony to his accuracy, especially as regards the latitude of Lancaster Sound. The main object of Arctic exploration is the ex- tension of scientific knowledge. A secondary, but in many instances an equally fruitful, aim has been the increase of national wealth ; in both these re- spects the work of Baffin gives him pre-eminence. His geographical discoveries were extensive, and his scientific observations were important and of permanent value. At the same time his voyages, and the information he brought home, pointed the way to a new source of commercial profit, and even- tually opened up a lucrative whaling trade. Among the naval worthies of the seventeenth century, side by side with Frobisher, and Davis, and Hudson, the devoted zeal and untiring industry, the gallantry and intrepidity of Willam Bafiin, and his great ser- vices, have secured for him a permanent and an honourable place. I have added to Baffin's Voyages a discourse in- serted by Purchas on the probability of a North- West Passage, because it contains some remarks on 1 i i I ■ bakfin's place as a discoverer. lix Hafliii Hiid ii notice of his death by Purchas, uiul hecause the roiniirk.s of Briggs, the mathematician, show tlie .state of opinion on the Hubject immedi- nteJy after BatHn'.s last Arctic voyage. Purchaw adds to his discourse a story heard at Lisbon by a. wliipnmster named (Jovvles ; a report hy Michael Lok on the discoveries of Juan de Fuca ; and a Treatise l)y Henry Briggs on the North-West Passfi^e. ■^■si^fesl^ w m\ — iMyJittfa \ ;■ ! i 65 64 (10* . &s r—L-i ^.r^ — '^ Const <)i* GREENLAND VisJtodhvBalTni i'l 161'2. 54« Bl Voiig'iliifi" VVfist ti'Z JV UTi ("rptiiwi r.l >:clwJW6-U-r ^■ffSftftmmgmttiuf'miiimmBf \t Mm w A:m. i mmm.vMv i in mt 9 mmf im w ' -'9. 'i V ' V v n t I ■m THE FIRST RECORDED VOYAGE Of WILLIAM BAFFIN. PART I. Written by JOHN (JATONBE> (ending 8 July 1G12). To the Right Woi'shijrfidl Sir Christopher Jlihjeards,^ Knt. John Gatonbe wishethe in this life the contynvance of health and prosperitie, with great increase of wor- ship, and everlasting felicitie in Christ our Saviour. Purposing with myselfe to present this journall, or travis book, to you, which is nssally kept of seafayringe men and mariners, in ihor navigation of If^ng voyagiesand unknowno countryes ; and having been ktt thes two yeares, being travelling upon the sea to mayntayn my poore ostat of wife and children ; and this winter being at home, and remem- ^ From Churchill's Collection of Voyages and Travels^ vol. vi [1732], pp. 241-251. 2 Sir Christopher Hildyard, of au ancient East Riding family, suc- ceeded to his uncle (also Sir Christopher) at Winestead, in Holderness, in 1602. He was High Sheriff of York in 1013, M.P. for Iledon in 1589, 1593, 1597, and 1601, for Beverley in 1620, for Aldborough in 1621, and again for Hedon froni 1624 to 1627. He was also a member of the High Commission of York. In 1598 Sir Christopher married Elizabeth, daughter and heir of Henry Welby, of Goxhill, co. Lincoln, by Alice White, whose mother was Anne Cecil, sister of the great Lord Burleigh. Sir Christopher was buried at Winestead, on November 23rd, 1634. The Winestead Hildyards also owned the old palace at Hull, built by the Poles, Dukes of Suffolk. Sir Christopher's son, Henry Hildyard, let it to the king for a magazine of warlike stores. His second son, Robert, was a prominent royalist commander at Marston Moor and elsewhere, and was created a baronet at the restoration. ITie baronetcy became extinct on the death of Sir Robert Hildyard, of Winestead, in 1814. I ii ■■H i ' 2 THE PIK8T UECORDED VOYAGE OP bring the manyfold cortesies shewed by you to my anciente father, Nicholas Gatonbe,^ I thought good this simple labour, such as it is, to offer vnto you, right worshipful, desiring you to accept it, as a gift that proceedeth from such a one who hartily wisheth you well, and would, if ability served, present you with a better, seeing and knowing your wor- ship and your ancestors have been alwayes well-wishera to this towns and the inhabitants of the same; wherefor I intreat your worship to pervse it over. And, First, you shall see the setting out of our voyage, what adventures we had with our gonerall. Secoadly. The tym of our saylling. Thirdly. Our travis upon the sea, with the windes and weyther we had. . Fourthly. The height of the poll observed. Fifthly, ""-.e ice we saylled by, with the coldness of the aire. Sixthly. The barrenness of the ".ountiy, with huge moun- tayns lying full of snow. Seventhly. The nature and conditions of the inhabitants and salvages of the same. Eighthly. The thinges we bought of them for old iron, with that which happened vnto vs in the countrye. Lastly. Of our returne homeward and our safe arrivall. Thvs craving both pardon for my boldnes, and also re- questing your favorable accepting of my simple travell, I cease from further troubling your worship with my rudnes, praying Gode to inriche you with the plentyfull increase of the gifts of his spirite. From the poore house of John Gatonbe, this 25th day of Februarie, 1615. 1 Nicholas Gatonby was five times Warden of the Trinity House at Hu. namely in 1687, 1591, 1596, 1602, and 1609; having been elected Steward in 1577. A John Gatonby was Steward in 1570 and Warden in 1578 and 1586. Another Nicholas Gatonby made voyages to Green- laud in the Patience in 1616 to 1618, and brought home cargoes of oil. • WILLIAM BAFFIN. 3 , i A Voyage into the North- West Passage, undertaken in the Year 1612. By the Merchants Adventurers of London, Sir Ccorgo Lan- caster,! Sir Thomas Smith,^ Mr. Ball,-' Mr. Cockeii,"* and Mr. Jamea Hall, being Venturer with thenj, and General of both the ships. The 10th of April, being Good Friday, we haled both our ships into Hull road, the one being of the burden of 140 tons called the Patience, we being 40 men and boys in her ; the other of 60 tons, called the Heart' s-Ease, contain- ing 20 men and boys. This day we cross'd both our yards, and entred into pay, making fit to take the first wind to sail withal. ^ There "was no Sir George Lancaster. It is a misprint for Sir James, the commander of the first East Indian voyage. James Lan- caster was a native of Bishopstoke, in Hampshire. For his voyages and some account of him see The Voy tes of Sir James Lancaster to the East Indies (Hakluyt Society's vol., 1877). After his return from his last voyage, which was the first voyage of the East India Company, in 1603, Lancaster was knighted, and he afterwards served as a Director of the East India Company. He was possessed of some wealth, lived in something more than comfort in his house in St. Mary Axe, and actively promoted all voyages of discovery. He died in June 1618, leaving his money in numerous legacies, and a larger sum to found a school at Bishopstoke. He appears to have been unmarried. 2 For a notice of Sir Thomas Smith see the Introduction. 3 This was probably Mr. Richard Ball, an eminent London merchant, who embarked in various enterprises having discovery as their object. His name appears in the list of adventujers to whom the charter of incorporation of the East India Company was granted, on December 3lst, 1600. He was also a member of the Company for the Discovery of the North-west Passage. In 1618 he is mentioned as having fitted out two ships for the discovery of an island in the West Indies. His brother George was a factor for the East India Company at Bantam, and was prosecuted by the Company, on various counts, before the Star Chamber in 1G22. Richard Ball was then dead. * This Mr. Cocken, called by Baffin Alderman Cocken, is a name b2 iiW Miiafc THE FIRST RECORDED VOYAGE OP Sot sail. April 1H12. y 11 Monday, April 20, we set sail in Hull road, the wind at E.S.E. and bore down to Cleeness and anchor'd ; and to- wards night the wind came to the N.E., and so we return'd into Paul road again this night, being much wind. 21. This day the wind came to S.S.W., and ao at night we went over and rode at the Ness, our pinnace being about business at the town. 22. This day, being Wednesday, we weigh'd and set sail, the wind at S.S.W., and came out of Humber at 12 o'clock at noon, going our course N. and by W. 23. This day the wind southei'ly, we going the same course, being seven leagues off Whitby at noon, and at six o'clock at night we were 9 leagues off Hunclife,^ it bearing from us S.S.W., we sailing N.N.W. 24. This day the wind at E.S.E. and very fair weather, we being some 12 leagues off Stabs-head, it bearing W.S.W. from us. At noon we observ'd the sun, and found the altitude of the pole to be 56° 12'. 25. This day the wind at S.E., we sailing N.N.W., and at 9 o'clock in the morning we spake with north sea fisher- mis-spelt. There was no Alderman Cockcn, but at this time there was a notable Alderman William Cockayne, who is no doubt the personage here mentioned. He was son of William Cockayne, and grandson of Roger Cockayne, of Ashborne in Derbyshire. He was Governor of the Eastland Company, and also of the London planters in Ulster ; and it was under his direction that the city of Londonderry was founded. On June 22nd, 1616, King James I dined with him and knighted him, and in 1619-20 he was Lord Mayor of London. He was also an active member of the East India Company, and one of the Farmers of the Customs. His daughter, Martha, with a dowry of £10,000, married that John Ramsay who had the credit of having saved James VI when he was attacked by the Gowries. Ramsay was created Earl of Holder- ness and Baron Kingston-upon-Thames in 1621, but died childless in 1625. His widow married secondly Montagu Bertie, second Earl of Liudsey, and was mother of the third Earl and other children. She died in 1641. Another daughter, Mary Cockayne, married the second Earl of Nottingham ; and the eldest son Charles was created Viscount Cullen. Sir William Cockayne died in 1626. He was buried in Old St. Paul's. ' Iluutcliff, near Redcar. \ V WILLIAM BAFFIN. men, and had fresh fish of them, they belonging to Yar- mouth, being from Bohomneaa W.S.W. 9 leagues off, the pole being rais'd 58° 30'. 26. This day, being Sunday, the wind southerly, we sail'd betwixt Orkney and Fair Isle and FouUay, leaving the islands and Shetland off our starboard side at 3 o'clock iu the morning ; and at 6 o'clock we sail'd W. and by N. to the sea, Foullay bearing from us N.E. 5 leagues off; and at noon the wind came southerly, we sailing then W. This day at night the wind caine contrary, to the S.W., wo sailing to the northward N.W.^ After we parted from these two islands, we had sight of no other land till we came to sight of Greenland. 27. This day we had much wind at N.W., being forc'd to take in our topsails for our vice-admiral, she being a-stern of us, we sailing W.N.W., and at four o'clock at night we tack'd about to the southward, we sailing S.W. and by S., the wind coming to the W. and by S. 28. This day the wind came to the N.W. with cloudy weathei'. This day at 6 o'clock in tho morning we tack'd about to the southward, sailing W.S.W., and at noon we did observe the sun, and found the altitude of the pole to be 59° 47'. 29. This day, the wind at N.W., we standing to the southward W.S.W., being thick hazy weather. 30. This day calm and misty from 12 o'clock to 6 o'clock in the morning ; then the wind came to the S.W., we sail- ing all the day after W. and by N. May 1, being Friday, the wind at W.S.W., we sailing to ^'"■y "^'- the northward N.W. and by N., being misty aud much wind ; and at noon it cleai'ed up, and we did observe the sun, and found the polo rais'd GV 31', we tacking about to the southward, wending S. and by W., having fair weather; ' Two woodcuts: " Fair-Isle showeth thus 2 leagues off" ; " Foullay showeth thus o leagues off." —Ill Wl ^ MM THE FIRST RECORDED VOYAGE OF i ! and at 8 o'clock at night wo tack'd about and stood to the northward, wending N.N.W. 2. This day stormy weather, with tho wind at S.W. and by W., being misty and rain, we standing to the northward N.W. and by W., and at 10 o'clock it fell little wind and calm ; and the wind ran to the N.E., we sailing our course W., having a fresh gale of wind at noon. 3. This day we had fair weather, the wind at E.S.E., we sailing W. This day we did observe the sun, and found the pole to be rais'd 61° 46'; and at 4 o'clock at night the wind came contrary, being westerly, we standing to the northward N.N.W. ; and at 6 o'clock we stood to the southward again. 4. This day the wind at N.W., we sailing W.S.W., and at 5 o'clock our vice-admiral sprung her fore-mast, whereby she was forc'd to take in her top sails and fore-sails; and so did we in the admiral, till such time as they had fish'd it and made it strong. This day at noon we did observe the sun, and found the pole rais'd 61° 8', the wind being come to N.N.E., we sailing our course W. 6. This day the wind came to W. and by S., and began to blow, we standing to the northward N.W. and by N. 6. This day the wind at W., and at 6 o'clock in the morning the wind came to N. and by W., and so we steer hence W., the altitude of the pole being 61° 36'. 7. This day the wind at N.W. and by N., we sailing W. and by S., and at 2 o'clock in the afternoon it came up to the N.E., being cloudy and thick, which turn'd to much rain, we sailing our course west. 8. This day much wind and rain at E.N.E., we sailing W., and at noon we had fair weather^ the wind being come to the N. This day we hoped to see Friesland,^ yet did not. ' The old navigators were always hoping to see this imaginary Fries- land, and were always disappointed. It got into the sea-charts from > WILLIAM IJAPFIN. J 9. This day the wind at N.N.E. stormy wjathor, we saiHng our course W., and at noon it grew fair, and wo observ'd the sun, and found the altitude of the polo to be 59^ 51'. This day our muster found by his instrument the compass varied 15°. to the westward of the north, the occasion we had no sight of Friosland sailing to the south- ward some 12 leagues; so that for our west course we kept, we had made but a W, and by S. way ; yet I suppose it to bo the current which doth set to the southwestward, and so doth set from the wostermost part of Friesland into the N.W. Passage. 10. This day the wind northerly, we sailing W. and by N., and at noon we observ'd the sun, and found the altitude of the pole to be 00° 4', being very fair weather. 11. The wind N., and at noon we sounded, and had no ground of 150 fathom, it being little wind and calm, some- times southerly, and sometimes at S.W., sometimes easterly; thus it did continue variable all the day, being fair weather and smooth sea, we sailing for the most part W. and by S. 12. This day calm, and at 4 o'clock in the morning the wind came to E.N.E., we sailing W. and by N. This day the water changed of a blackish colour ; also, we saw many whales and grampus's. the old " Carta da navegar de Nicolo et Antonio Zenn'" (a.d. 1380), first published in 1558, and was placed near the east coast of Greenland. Hero it remained in every successive sea- chart for many long years. Frobisher assumed that Greenland wa.s Friesland when he first made the coast. But Davis, when he sighted Greenland, at once saw that this was not the Friesland of the Zeno map ; hence Friesland retained a separate place on the charts. !Mr. Major holds that the Friesland of the Zeni was the Feroe Islands (see The Voyages of the Venetian Brothers Nicolo and Antonio Zeno, translated, n-ith Notes and. an Introduction, Jnj R. H. Major, F.S.A., Hakluyt Society's volume, 1873 ; and a paper in the R.G.S. Journal, xlix, p. 412, entitled, " Zeno's Frisland is not Ice- land, but the Faeroes"), while Admiral Irminger, of Copenhagen, is of opinion that Friesland was Iceland (see R.G.S. Journal, xlix, p. 398, " Zeno's Frislanda is Iceland and not the Feroes"). ^SU <^,>^ - ^O. IMAGE EVALUATION TEST TARGET (MT-S) o 1.0 I.I S IM M III 2.5 2.2 2.0 1.8 '♦ ■ 1.25 1.4 1.6 — = ^ 6" ► V] <^ /i yy '•^f /a '/ /A Photographic Sciences Corporation 23 WEST MAIN STREET WEBSTER, N.Y. 14580 (716) 872-4503 V c^ f wel 11. 'are- : I 8 THE FIRST BECORDED VOYAQE OF 13. The wind at E. we sailing W. and by N. This day being hazy, we met with ice, the wind being come to N.N.E. Much wind and snow at 9 o'clock at night, so that we were forc'd to take in our sails and stand with our fore- sail to the eastward, wending E. Also, some of our men spied land, yet we could not well discern it, it snowing so fast. 14. We stood in with the land again at 2 o'clock in the morning, wending N N.W., and had sight of land betwixt 5 and 6 o'clock in the morning ; and our master made it Cape Farewel, so called by Captain Davis at the first finding of the country in anno 1585 because he could not come near the land by 6 or 7 leagues for ice.^ It bearing from us N.N.W., and we sailing along by the ice W.N.W. all the day.2 15. The wind at N.N.W. sailing W., and at 4 o'clock in the morning we tack'd about again to the ice, again sailing N.N.E., and at 10 o'clock in the morning we tack'd about again, being hard aboard the ice, having sight of the land, it stretching more to the northward. The ice lieth 1 Cape Farewell, the southern extreme of Greenland, is in 59° 48' N. This is an interesting statement that it was named by Captain Davis, in 1585; but in his first voyage in 1585, Davis did not sight Cape Farewell. The first land he made, which he called " Desolation", was on the east coast ; and he did not sight land again until he was in 64° 15' N. In his second voyage, in 1586, he did sight Cape Farewell. He says — "And the 15th of .June I discovered land in the latitude of 60 degfrees mightily pestered with ice and snow, so that there was no hope of landing." But in the narrative written by himself he does not give it any name. On the Molyneux Globe, where the discoveries of Davis are shown, it is called " Reg : Elizabeth Foreland". Still, the tradition mentioned in the text, that Davis originally gave the name of Farewell to the Gape because he could not come near the land, is no doubt true, and is very interesting. * Here there is a woodcut: "The land did rise thus full of snow. The Cape 7 leagues off, N.N.W," " This land is the southermost pomt in Greenland, the heighth of the Pole there being 59° 15'." WILLIAM BAFFIN. 9 all along it^ being as it were a great bay betwixt two head lands. 16. This day a cold hazy wind, it being at N.N.W., we sailing W., and at 7 o'clock in the morning we tack'd about, lying N.E. and by N., and at 2 o'clock we met with ice again ; we lying to and fro, hoisted our shallop out ; and espying seals lying upon the ice, our shallop rowed to them, and killed one of them ; the rest tumbled into the water, being 20 in a company. This day we observed the sun, and found the altitude of the pole to be 59° 30', we being some 70 leagues within the streights, it being 115 leagues between the coast of America and Greenland in the entrance of this passage. 17. The wind at S. in the morning, we sailing N.W. This day we run among the ice, and were inclosed with the ice, so that we could get no passage to the northward; and so we were forc'd to stand out again, and were glad that God had deliver'd us from amongst it; it being 4 o'clock in the afternoon before we were clear of the ice, sailing S.W. to the sea. This day, being Sunday, we had Mayi6i2. sight of the land called Desolation,^ it being from us 15 ^"oiauon. leagues N. and by E. 18. This day, at one o'clock in the morning, we had much wind and snow, the wind being westerly ; and at six o'clock in the morning it prov'd fair weather. We tacking about into the shore, did wend N. and by W., which did near the land of Desolation : and at noon we tack'd about and stood back again, being ten leagues from the land, it bearing N.N.E. of us : the ice hin icring of us this day, we did observe the sun, and found the pole 59° 53'. 19. The wind southerly, we sailiug for the most part N.W. by N. and N.N.W. Then the land of Desolation did bear off us N.E. and by E. This day we did meet with great islands of ice. This day we did observe the suu, and found ' So named by Daviiij. M 10 THE FIRST RECORDED VOYAGE OF Comfort. the altitude of the pole to be 60° 35' : also we had a force- able carrentj which we went along the coast with till we came to bring Desolation point E. of us. This current set from Desolation into America side, and into Hudson's streights, being so called by his men, they leaving him behind them in that country, which was his death in the year 1611.^ May 1613. 20. This day, the wind at N. and by E., we sailing E. and by N. to the land, which we had no sight of as this day. This day we did observe the sun, and found the altitude of the pole to be 61° 33', being to the northward of Desolation some 30 leagues. This day we stood to the westward ; and at 10 o'clock at night we stood to the east- ward, again meeting ice. 21. The wind at N.E. and by E. This day we had sight of land at 2 o'clock in the morning ; and our master's mate, T^e^i^and of John Homstay and I called it the land of Comfort.^ And we call'd up our men, and tack'd about our ships, the ice hindering us from coming near the land, we sailing along the land N., and N. and by W., being distant from it 7 leagues. And at noon, we being near the ice, our men went with the shallop to it, and killed four seals, and ^ Woodcuts with the following notes : "■ Cape Desolation rises thus 15 leagues off, N.E. by N." (cut). '* The land of Desolation rises thus 12 leagues ofif, N.E. by E." (cut). " This land so called by Captain Davis, it being so desolate and comfortless, with huge mountains of snow lying upon it, such as he had never seen nor any of his men before him." ^ The two cones of Umanak, off Arauk Fiord, are the Cape Comfort of the Admiralty chart. The name appears on the map in the English translation of the description of Greenland, by Hans Egede, published in 1746, and also on the map in Crantz's History of Greenland (1757). On the Admiralty chart it is placed in 61° 49' N., but Gatonbe, in the text, gives 62° 33' as the latitude. This is the position of some islets, called Fulluarlalik Islands, between the Danish settlements of Fredrikshaab (02° N.) and Fiskernaes (63° 4' N.). Of course, the Admiralty cuart, and the Danish chart from which it is copied, must be wrong, for Gatonbe^s evidence as to the point of land named by himself must surely be conclusive. 1 WILLIAM BAFFIN. 11 brought other two aboard quick, we having good sport betwixt them and our mastiff dogs.^ 22. The wind at N. and by E. This day we tum'd amongst the ice, meeting with many islands of ice, which were very high, like great mountains : some of them we judg'd to be 30 yards from the water, fleeting upon the seas, being 15 leagues off the land. This day we had sight of the land, yet could not come near it for ice. This day we did observe the sun, and found the pole rais'd 62° 55/ 23. The wind at N.N.W. This beincj calm at noon, we May leia. sounded with our lead, and had no ground of 180 fathom, being some 110 leagues within the passage. This day we found the altitude of the pole to be 63°, sailing N.E. and by E. in with the land. 24. This day the wind at N. and by E., we sailing N.W. and by W., being thick cloudy weather ; and at 8 o'clock in the morning we tack'd about to the eastward, it being little wind, and sometimes calm. 25. This day calm, with little wind and variable ; some- times at N., sometimes at N.W., we sailing for the most part N.E. and by E. This day we sounded by an island of ice with our shallop, and found no ground of 150 fathom, being off the land 21 leagues : and at 10 o'clock at night it was thick and misty weather, so that one ship could not see the other. 26. This day the wind at N., we sailing E.N.E., sailing in with land, being very thick and misty weather ; and at 2 o'clock in the afternoon it clear'd up, and we saw the land, being some three leagues from it, it seeming as tho' we were hard by it, being a very high land, having ^ Here another woodcut, with the following note : ''Gape Comfort rises thus, the heighth of the Pole being 62° 83', the smoothest land, and best to look to of all the country of Greenland ; yet we could not come near it for ice." 12 THE FIRST RECORDED VOYAQE OF much snow lying upon it. Also two of the savages came rowing to our shif s in their boats, we sailing in still with the land, sounding, and having with our lead and line 25 fathom, sometimes 20, 18, 15, 12 fathom, it being rocky ground, coming amongst many dry rocks and islands. This day we look'd for a harbour with our shallops, for the ships to ride in safety, and found one, which our Harbour of general callM the harbour of Hope ; for here we came to land with our ships ; the which we could not come near, the time we sail'd along the land, from the sight of Cape Farewel until we came to this place.^ 27. The 27th day we harboured in the harbour of Hope (the islands we call'd Wilkinson islands ; the mountain we caird Mount HatcUfe^) at 2 o'clock in the morning ; prais- ing our God for our safe arrival in this unknown country, having been from home 5 weeks and 2 days.' 28. The 28th day our general found a convenient place Inhabitsnta of Green- land. 1 The southern part of the western side of Greenland is blocked by the stream of ice drifting down the eastern side from the north, and then turning northwards round Cape Farewell. The current sets into Davis Strait, keeping close to the coast, but gradually decreasing in strength as it advances northward and disappears in about 64° N. The pack ice follows the track of this current, pressing upon the coast with southerly winds, and dispersing with those from the north. This belt of ice is often found to be quite impenetrable, though of no great width, and it sometimes locks up the southern coast for the greater part of the summer. ^ A misprint, I think, for Huntcliff, a point on the coast of York- shire, near Redcar ; so named, no doubt, from a fancied resemblance. 3 This anchorage was the Gilbert Sound discovered by Davis in 1585, and visited in his two subsequent voyages. (See Voyayes of John Davis, pp. 6, 15, 16, 17, 22, 35, 38, Hakluyt Society's vol., 1880). Davis gives the latitude 64° 15' N. Here, in this Gilbert Sound, the "Harbour of Hope" is now the modern Danish settle- ment of Godthaab, in C4° 8' N., the principal station in South Green- land. The Godthaab-fjord runs in a north-eastern direction for 70 miles, and sends o£F a branch to the south-east 25 miles long. The greater part of the coast is sheltered by clusters of low islands. Godt- haab was founded by Hans Egede iu 1728. ^» !SW!mW ^^sasBsm WBI WILLIAM BAFFIN. 13 tc land the quarters of our pinnace for our carpenters to det together, it being an island hard by our ships. This day also our general caused our ship's boat to be mann'd, and our shallop, and went himself to discover the country, and what rivers he could find in the main ; the savages rowing to and fro to our ships, holding up their hands to the sun, and clapping them on their breasts, and crying, Elyot,^ which is as much to say, in English, Are we friends ? thus saluting us in this manner every time they came to us, and we offering the same courtesy to them, making them the more bold to come to our ships, they bringing with them sealskins, and pieces of unicorn horn, with other trifles, which they did barter with us for old iron. 29, 30, 31. These days our carpenters made haste with our great pinnace to get her down, the weather being fair, and the wind for the most part easterly ; for our general was minded to make what speed he could for to sail along the coast further to the northward, being as yet not come to the place where he was at afore by 70 leagues. June 1. Our gooeral return'd aboard again, having found June two rivers in the main, the one he call'd Lancaster river; the other, Ball river f for Greenland is like Norway, having many islands and rocks along the main. 2. Our master and Mr. Barker,^ master of the Vice Admiral, went in the shallop and rode amongst the islands, and to one of the rivers where they were afore, having their fowling-pieces with them to shoot fowl with, which that country affordeth small store. 1 See the list of Eskimo words given by Davis. ( Voyages, p. 21). He has Yliaoute — " I mean no harm '. 2 These were the two deep branches of Godthaab-fjord, called after two of the merchant adventurers who set forth the voyage — Sir James LancasteV and Mr. Richard Pall. (See notes at p. 3.) The latter name got corrupted into Baal's River, but it is correctly spelt on t^ie Danish chart of 1832. 3 Andrew Barker, master of the second ship, was a seaman of repute at Hull. (See note further on.) u THE FIRST RBCOBDED VOYAGE OF 3. This day we employ'u ourselves in searching the country, which affordeth nothing us yet for the profit of our voyage. 4. At night one of the savages stole a musket from our men which kept the island, where our great pinnace was set up, they keeping a bad watch, and leaving their musket where they kept contry, being at the fire in the coy, the weather being cold, it was taken away by one of the wild men, they could not tell when. The cause of our watching was, for that the salvages will steal all things they can come by, but chiefly iron.^ 5. This day we launch'd our great pinnace, which our general callM the Better Hope. This day also James Pullay catching hold of one of the salvages, another did cast a dart at him, and struck him into the body with it, on the left side, which gave him his death's wound. Also the salvage he took we haul'd into the ship, and by him we had our musket again; for two of the salvages being aged men, and rulers of the rest, came with great reverence to know the occasion we had taken one of their men ; we with signs and other tokens did shew them the occasion, being the best language we all had amongst us, delivering their man, his boat, oar, and darts. Our general gave unto him a coat, a knife, and a seeing-glass also, to requite the injury we had done ; yet he, with a frowning look, desiring to be gone from us, we let him go out of the ship, and helping him into the chains, he leapt over-board, and the other two did help him ashore ; and when he was ashore, the salvages cut off the coat our master gave him, from his back, so little did they regard it. It was made of yellow cotton, with red gards of other cotton about it. ^ Here there is a woodcut of a kayak: ''The fashion of the saivages rowing in their boats, the boat being made of seal skins, and clos'd all but the place where he rows in her, and that is cloe'd about him when he iits in her, from his waste dovmward. His oar hath two webs, and he useth both hands to row with. (Wilkinson's Islands, The Harbour of Hope, and Mount Hatcliffe)." I WILLIAM BAFFIN. 15 6. James Pulley departed this life to the mercy of God, at three o'clock in the morning, and we bury'd him at noon upon one of the islands we rode by. This day also we carry'd the quarters of Mr. Barker's small shallop to be set together by the carpenters ashore, that we might have our shallops ready to go with us along to the north- wards. 7, 8, 9. Rainy weather, otherwise our shallop had been done, and we gone from hence to the northwards. 10. The shallop was done and launched this day. Mr. Hall, being general of both the ships, did hold a parley with all the company of both ships, strictly commanding that none of us should barter for anything, but Mr. Wil- kinson, who was merchant for the venturers, and them that were appointed by the merchant, in pain of forfeiting their wages; which articles were wisely answer'd by the officers of the ships. 11. We cross'd our yards, and got an anchor home, but the wind came contrary, spending our time in rowing from island to island, and the salvages came to and fro to our ships, bringing us fresh fish, which we bought for iron nails. 13. One of the salvages brought two young seals, which he had kill'd at sea, and our master bought them, and we haul'd them into the ship, we wondering he could kill them at sea, it blowing so much wind at S.W. 14. This day, being Sunday, we came out with the wind N.N.E., and the salvages rowed to us, being 6 leagues off the land into the sea ; and for that our captain gave one of them a knife. This day we observed the sun, and found the pole's altitude to be 64°, being the height of the place we came out of, being the harbour Hope ; Wil- kinson's islands and mount Hatcliffe we rowed under, they bearing off us E. 15. The wind at E.S.E., we sailing along the land to the northward N. by E., being fair weather. I 16 THE FIRST RECORDED VOYAGE OF 16. The wind at N. by W., we sailing into the shore N.E. by E. This day Mr. Hall and Mr. Barker took their shallops, being well mann'd, and rowed into the land to discover the country, and to see what traffick they could have with salvages. This day, lying off and on with our ships, they being ashore with the shallops, the wind came out of the sea, and we stood of, sailing N.N.W, The wind being come to west, and the vice-admiral following of us, struck on a blind rock, and took no harm, praised be God ! our shallops not coming to us till we were 5 or 6 leagues off the land. 17. The wind at S.E., we sailing along the land to the northward N. by E, This day, being Wednesday, we row'd with both our shallops into the land, and sounded the har- bour we anchor'd in, being the second harbour we came in.^ 18. At 8 o'clock at nijjht we had a sore storm off the land at S.E., with such mighty whirl-winds, which came from the mountains, that all our cables we had, being new ones, we bent to our great anchor, and let it fall to keep us from the rocks. 19. In the morning we broke one of our cables, and we rode by our great anchor, having much wind and rain. 20. The weather faired, and our general caused our great pinnace to be made ready, and to row along the coast, he going with us himself, we being in her 22 men and boys. This day we rowed some 4 leagues, and came to a great island, and anchor'd there 3 hours ; and from thence we went into a river lying E. by N. up the river. ^ This second anchorage was named Cockin (Cockayne) Sound, after one of the four merchant adventurers who set forth the voyage — Alderman Sir William Cockayne. (See note at p. 4). fiafBn gives the latitude 65° 20' N. This is nearly the latitude of the Danish settlement of Sukkertoppen, which was founded in 1755. Sukkertoppen (Sugar-loaf) is in 65° 25' 1^., and is situated on an island, the conical elevations of which present the appearance expiessed in its Eskimo name Manitsok (uneven). It is the most populous place in Greenland, and has a fine stone-built church. ■■«■ TYILLIAM BAFFIN. 17 21. Wo rowed up the river still, and we found nothing in it for any profit, rowing some 3 leagues into it, the ice stopping that we could get no further. 22. We being left by ice, return'd and rowed out again, and the salvages followed and row'd after us, and so along with us, intending to do us some harm ; for when we came near any island they did throw stones at us with thuir slings. 23. The wind at N.N.W., and wo row'd amongst the islands to the northward, and so came to a great river, which troubled us to row over, there went such a forceablo tide of flood, it being within a league of Queen Anne Cape,* Hud came to an island, and rested us there till the flood was done ; and then we rowed about the capo, and came to an island, whereon was a warlock, and rowed into it, and found it a good harbour for ships. This day we rowed into a river, as we supposed, but found it to be a bay, we being 3 leagues to the northward of the cape. This day our men went ashore and kill'd partridges, and spy'd in a valley 7 wild deer, yet as soon as they did see us, they did run away as fast as their feet could carry them. 24. We row'd out again, and so along the land. This day we came to a mountain, where we rowed to it amongst ^*u^,f the islands, taking it for a river our master had been at afore, yet it was not : the mount we calPd Gabriel mount. 25. Wo row'd from thence to an island which lieth two leagues ofi" the land, with many broken rocks about it, that stretch from the main, and so to the sea-board ; and there we rested all that day, the wind blowing very much at N., it being against us. This island our master call'd by the ; * Capo Anne, so named by Hall during his former voyage with the Danes, after the queen of Christian IV. Hall, on his map accom- panying his report to the Danish King, gives the latitude of Cape Anne 66° N. On the motlern charts it is in 66° 24' N., just to the south of Cockiu (Cockayne) Sound. C 18 THK FIRST RBCOKDED VOTAOE 07 Thronuh- f{ou(l ImIutuI, 1 t Doiunark Imvcii. namo of ThroughgooJ island. Here wo got groat storo of mussols, being of a great bigness. Here ono of our men killed a fox with a fowling-pieco, boing jiany in this island that run from tho main, and feed upon fish they got off tho island. 2G. It being very fair weather we row'd from thence, amongst many broken rocks, and so along the land ; and at noon wo came to tho rivor our master had been ot afore, ho naming it the King's-ford ;^ there is a mount he named Cunningham mount ;^ we had traflick with the salvages ; and at night wo anchor'd in a havon, on tho south-side of the rivor, cuU'd Denmark haven, there being iu the en- trance 40 fathom deep, and had traffick with the salvages for seal skins, and some salmon trout.^ 27. We rowed over to tho north-side of tho rivor, and sought for a roadstead for our ships, and found ono, having 12 fathom deep, meaning to bring our ships thither, with God's help. 28. We rowed to our ships again, having but two days victuolsj none could wo got, boing from our ships, the salvages eating raw moat do kill with their darts, both fowl, fish, and Hesh, so that there was little to get but that they brought us. 29. Wo came to our ships again, being from them nine days, having had much tedious weather, with thicks and snow, as we rowed along tho coast, it being some 25 leagues betwixt tho ships and tho King's-ford. The vice- ' King Christian's Fiord was discovered and named by Hall during his first voyage with the Danes. He gives tho latitude 66° 25' N., close to Cape Anne. " So named in Hall's first Danish voyage, after the commander of tlic expedition. This majestic peak is called KosrUnghcetten by the modern Danes, and Nusasak by the Eskimo. ' " Cunningham Mount ; the height of the Pole 66^° ; King's-ford " (this river was the first harbour he anchored in when he was pilot of the King of Denmark's ships); "and Throughgood Islands." WILLIAM OAl't'lN. 10 admiral welcomed us to our ships with a volley of small shot, being all in houlth, God bo thanked. 30. Wo made ready to sail to tho river wo had been at with our pinnace; fetching home an anchor, and getting our yards across. 1. This day, being tho Ist of July, the wind northerly, juiy. yet at night it came southerly, and wo set sail, hoping to havo got to the sea, but tho wind came westerly, with rain, and so we came in again. 2. The wind northerly, and rain, we riding in this har- bour still. 3. 4, 5, 6, 7, 8. The wind northerly, we rode still, being wind-bound, and much rainy weather; we buying of the salvages such things as they brought us, being fresh fish, namely, salmon-trout, muskfish, codfish, and butfish, a little quantity serving for our victuals. ol mmm ■M THE FIRST RECORDED VOYAGE * ov WILLIAM BAFFIN. PART II. Fragment written by BAFFIN himself, beginning 8th July 1612. Tho fourth Voyage of James Hall to Groenland, wherein he was set forth by English Aduenturers, Anno 1612, and slaine by a Greenlander.^ Wednesday, the eighth of July 1612, in the morning I perceiued the sonne and the nioone, both very faire aboue the horizon, as I had done diuers times before. At which time I purposed to finde out the longitude of that place, by the moones coming to the meridian. Most part of this day I spent about finding of the meridian line ; which I did vpon an Hand neere the sea, hanging at the extreames of my meridian line two threeds with plummets at thera, instead of an index and sights. Thursday, the ninth day, very early in the morning, I went on shoare the iland, being a faire morning, and ob- serued till the moone came iust vpon the meridian. At which very instant I obserued the sunne's height, and found it 8° 51' north; in the eleuation of the pole 65° 20'. By the which, working by the doctrine of sphericall triangles, having the three sides giuen, to wit, the complement of the poles eleuation ; the com- plement of the almecanter;^ and the complement of 1 From Purchas, Part 3, lib. iv, cap. xvii, pp. 831-836. ' An alniicauter is a circle parallel to the horizon — a circle of altitude. to I I i' I j THE FIRST RECORDED VOYAGE OF WILLIAM BAFFIN. 21 the sunne's declination, to find out the quantitie of the angle at the pole. I say, by this working, I found it to be foure of the clocke, 17 minutes and 24 seconds. Which, when I had done, I found by mine ephemerides, that the moone came to the meridian at London that morning at foure of the clocke, 25 minutes, 34 seconds: which 17 minutes, 24 seconds, substracted from 25.34, leaveth 8.10 of time, for the difference of longitude betwixt the meridian of London (for which the ephemerides was made) and the meridian passing by this place in Groenland. Now the moone's motion that day was 12° 7', which, conuerted into minutes of time, were 48 minutes, 29 seconds ; which, working by the rule of proportion, the worke is thus : if 48 minutes, 29 seconds ; the time that the moone commeth to the mei*idian sooner that day then she did the day before, giue 360, the whole circumference w so' dif- '' . . feronceof of the earth ; what shall 8 minutes 10 seconds giue, to wit, Jj""^'""*® 60 degrees, 30 minutes, or neere there about which is the d?an^fLon. difference of longitude betweene the meridian of London cocklns and this place in Groenland, called Cockin's Sound, lying to Groeuiand. the westward of London} This finding of the longitude, I coufesse, is somewhat diflBcult and troublesome, and there may be some small errour. But if it be carefully looked vnto, and exactly wrought, there will be no great errour, if your ephemerides objection, be true. But some will say, that this kindo of working is not for marriners, because they are not acquainted to work propositions by the table of signes,^ and an instru- ment is not precise enough to find out the houre, minute, and second. For the losse of one minute of time is the losse of 7 degrees of longitude. I answere, that Answore. although the most part are not vsed to this worke, yet I 1 BafRu's result is a longitude too far to the westward. It is, in fact, nearly the longitude of Cape Walsingham, on the other aide of Davis Strait. Cockin Sound is in 52* 50' W. « singg itude East 15 from Greenwiclv 89 THE FIRST RECORDED VOYAGE OF Cookins Ford, in 66o 20'. Varia- vprmfinn tion, 23<' 68'. varmDiou know some of the better sort, which are able to worke this and the like propositions exactly. And those which yet cannot, and are desirous to learne, may in short space attaine to such knowledge as shall bo sufficient for such things. And how necessary it is that the longitude of places should be knowne, I leaue to the iudgement of all skilful! marriners, and others that are learned in the ma- thematicks. This afternoone it was agreed by the chiefe of our com- pany, that our master, James Hall, should goo in the smaller ship farther to tho northward. The foresaid Thursday, in the evening, he departed out of the Patience into the Harts-ease} to get forth of the harbor, which our master called Cochins-ford, in remem- brance of Alderman Cochin, one of the aduenturers; which place is in the latitude of 05° 20'.^ And the of the com passe is 23° 28' to the westward. That evening was very calme, and we to 'ed our shippe forth with the shallops and ship's boat. But within an houre or two after we were got into the offin, tho winde being at north, it blew a great storme, which continued all that night. The fourteenth, our master turned the ship vp to the river againe, toward the riuer where the supposed raine^ should * Galonbe, the quartermaster, who wrote the preceding account of the voyage, printed in Churchill's collection, says the arrangement was that Hall, with twelve men of the Patience^ should go on board the Ikarfs Ease to explore to the northward. Baffin and young William Huntriss were of the number. Two masters' mates and two quartermasters were left on board the Patience, and she was to follow from Cockayne Sound to King's (or Christian's) Fiord. The boats and shallops towed the vice- admiral {Hearths Ease) out to sea. 2 The Admiralty Chart places Cockin Fiord in 65° 10' N. The Danish Settlement of Sukkertoppen is really Cockin Fiord, in 65° 25' N . 3 The main object of the expedition appears to have been to visit and collect ores from a supposed silver mine which Hall had discovered during his voyage with the Danes. Like Frobisher, he had mistaken the glittering pieces of mica occurring with the granite for silver ore. WILLIAM BAFFIN. 23 be. But the tyde was so farre spent that wo could not get to sea, but were constrained to anker in a roade at the south side of the riuer, some three leagues from the Patience, in which place are many good rode-steeds to be ^f^^y ko<"1 ■•• •' " Rodes. found. ^ Thirsday, the sixteenth day, the winde was at north-west, and blew so stiffe a gale that we could not get to sea that day. That night, eighteene of vs went into the ilands to looke for some deere, but found none. Hut we perceiued the foote-steps of some great beast, which wee supposed to be of some great elke ; the foote was as bigge as any Great foot- oxe foote. "*^' Tuesday, the twentie-one, the weather still continued in such sort that wee could not by any means get to the riuer, where the supposed myne should bee. Wherefore our master bare roome for Ramels-ford,^ being a river southward g^'^ois of another, called Cunninghams-ford,^ some twelve leagues. And we came to an anchor at the entrance on the south side of the ford, about seuen of the clocke. Wednesday, the two and twentieth day, ab»ut nine or 1 According to Gatonbe, there was a quarrel between Ilall and William Gordon, the master's mate of the Patience, while the two shijjs were at anchor in King's Fiord. " Our general, being angry, would not come aboard of us, but was in the vice-admiral." 2 Henrik Rommel's Fiord was discovered by the Danes when Hall was with them in 1605, and so named. Hall, in his report to King Christian IV, places Rommels Fiord in 66° 35' N. latitude. Further on, in a marginal note, Baffin gives 67° as the latitude. Rommels Fiord is the harbour of Holsteinborg. The settlement on the south side is in 66° 54' N. The original settlement of Holsteinborg was founded, on the narth side of the harbour, in 1759, in a spot now overgrown with willows and overshadowed by the lofty range of the Proestc-fjeld. Tills is exactly in BafKu's latitude. It was removed to its present site, on the south side, in 1771, and the church was founded by Paul Egedo on Januaiy 6th, 1775. ' North of Rommels Fiord is the promontory named Cape Sophia by Hall, in 1605, after King Christian's mother ; and beyond it is Cunning- ham's Fiord, which Hall places in 67° 25' N. The Danish chart of 18^2 places its entrance in 67° 15' N. 24 THE PIR8T BECORDED VOYAGE OF 1 ten of tho clocke, the sauages came to bartor with vs, being about fortie of them, and continued about an houre and an jamex Hav. halfe : at which time our master, James Hall, being in the wmindodby boate/ a sauago with his dart strooke him a deadly wound vpon the right side, which our surgeon did thinke did pierce his liuer. We all mused that he should strike him, and ofiTer no harme to any of the rest ; vnlesse it were that they knew him since he was there with the Danes ; for out of that riuer they carried away fine of the people, whereof neuer any returned againe;^ and in the next riuer they killed a great number. And it should seeme that he which killed him was either brother, or some neere kinsman to some of them that were carried away ; for he did it very resolutely, and came within foui'e yards of bim. And for ought we could see, the people are very kinde one to another, and ready to reuenge any wrong offred to them. All that day ho lay very sore pained, looking for death euery houre, and resigned all his charge to Master Andrew Barker, master of the Harts-ease, willing him to place another in his room master of the small ship.^ ^ Gatonbe eays that Willium Huntriss and two others were in the boat with Hall, when he was murdered. 2 There is a sad account of the kidnapping of natives during the Danish voyages of 1605 and 1606, in which Hall was engaged. In the first voyage Hall's people seized four Eskimo, but killed one to strike terror into the rest, who were untractable. Two were seized by the crew of the other ship. These poor people were brought to Denmark, but constantly cast an eye northward with sorrowful countenances and pitiable sighs. At last they took to flight in their kayaks, but were caught and brought back to Copenhagen, where two of them died of grief. One of the Eskimo used to weep bitterly whenever he saw a little child hanging on its mother's neck, from which it waii concluded that he nmst have had a wife and children. But no one could speak with them. Two died on the voyage back to Greenland. The last once more fled in his kayak, and was not overtaken until he was sixty or seventy leagues from land. On being brought back he also died of grief. See CranWs History of Greenland, i, p. 277 ; and Peyrerc, p. 150. 3 Doubtless Hall named his constant and faithful attendant William Huntriss to be Master of the Htarl\ Ease. WILLIAM BAFFIN. 25 Thursday, the three and twentieth, about eight of the clocke in the morning he dyed, being very penitent for all his former offences. And after wee had shrowded him wee carried him in the shallop, to burie him in some out iland/ according to his owne request while bo was liuing. After we had buried him, we went in the shallop to seoke for the mine, which we had expected so long. All that day we rowed along toward the north, passing by a cape called Queen Sojthiaa cape. That night we staied at an Hand, some three leagues short of the river. Friday, the four and twentieth, in the morning, wee rowed along and came to the place which is on the south side of the entrance of Ounningham'a river. And we found diuers places where the Danes had digged ; it was a kinde of shining stone, which, when our goldsmith, James Oarltfile, had tried, it was found of no value, and had no mettall at all in it, but was like vnto Moscouie fludde,^ and of a glittering colour. That day, after we had dyned, woe rowed vp that riuer some foure leagues, where diuers of our company went vp into the mountaines, and found a valley more pleasant than they had seene in the countrey. That euening we returned, and came to the place where the Banes had digged their supposed mine, and tooke some of it in our boate to carry with vs, and returned toward our ship. That night we rowed and sailed, and the next morning, about nine of the clocke, we came to our ship. Saturday, the fiue and twentieth, being Saint James his day, in the forenoone, we came to our shippe, lying on the south side of the riuer called Bamels river. And as soone as our master found that the people came no more to trade with vs, he determined to depart with the shippe into the Kings Ford to the Patience ; and rowing about the harbour, where we lay to finde some neerer way out to the sea, we ' One of the Knight Islands, outeide Ilulsteinborg. « Mica. The death of James Uall. Quorno SopliittS Capo. Cunninfr- ham aiver. Tho'gup. posed Mine louud to be of no value. A pleasant Valley. 36 TUE FIRST RECORDED VOYAGE OF Many of their winter housoH In Ramols Hivor. Tho foablon of their ffroator iioatoa. Ramoln ford in tho latitude of 87". Tho variation U 24" 16'. found among tho Hands whoro many of their winter houses liad bin, and some of their tents were but lately carried away. In which place wee also found one of their long boates, made of wood, and bound together for the most part with shiners of whales fins, and covered with scales skinnes, being some two and thirtie foote in length, and some fiue foote broad, having tenne thoughts or seates in it. That day, about twelue of the clocke, we weighed anchor, and departed out of Eamels Ford, which lieth in the latitude of 67°, and the variation of the compasse is 24° 16', being a very faire riuer, and one of the most prin- cipal! which we saw in that countrey, stretching in east and cast and by south. This night, about one of the clocke, we came to the Patience, lying in the Kings Ford.^ Sunday, the sixe and twentieth, Master Andrew Barker, and our merchant. Master Wilkinson, with other of the company, were in conference about returning homo, because that since our master was slaine, none of the sauages would trade with us as they were wont. Wednesday, the nine and twentieth, we were likewise occupied about taking in of ballast, for our shippe was very light ; and that evening it was agreed that Andrew Barker,^ master of the Harts-ease, should goo master of the Patieiice, which was sore against the minde of William ' Gat^nhe says : " This day at night came our vice-admiral, with our great pinnace at her stem, her flag hanging down, and her ancient hanging down over the poop, which was a sign of death." 3 The appointment of Andrew Barker, to succeed Hall, appears to have been unpopular with the two master's mates, William Gordon and John Hemsley, and with some of the men. There was a display of mutinous feeling. Several called out for Hemtley to be general ; but the quartermasters, boatswains, gunner, and other officers de- clared for Barker. Gatonbe says that Barker was an old and ex- perienced seaman, having before been ruler and overseer of many good men in ships in IIuU, besides other places, and having been one of the chief masters and wardens of the Trinity House. The officers ' WILLIAM BAFFIN. 27 Gonnlon ;^ and William TFunlricc^ was appointed master of wiiiimn tho Harts-ease ; and John Qatenhi/,^ one of the quarter- Muster of tbeUcftrta- masters of the Patience, was masters-mato of the Harts- eMe< ease. eventually succeeded in persuading tho two crews to accept Barker as general of the expedition and tho arrangonients made by him. Through tlie kindness of Mr. Wilson, of the Trinity House, at Hull, I am able to give tho following additional particulars respecting Andrew Harkcr. He was admitted a younger brother of the lYiuity House of Hull in the year 151)4, and was three times Warden, namely, in IGOC, 1613, and 1C18. In 1611 Barker made a voyage to tho northern seaa, and brought buck a cargo from Wardhous (VardO in Norway). Among the I^nsdowne Manuscripts in the British Museum (923), there is a collection of pencil-notes on Hull and the neighbourhood by AVarburton, made in the summer of 1724. From one of these notes it appears that Andrew Barker presented one of the compartments of painted glass in the east window of the old chapel of tho Hull Trinity House. The figure was that of St. James-the-less. This has disap- peared ; but there still hangs in the Hall of the Trinity House the ' William Gordon was afterwards employed in Spitzbergen voyages. He cannot have been the same William Gordon whom the Muscovy Company sent to reside at Pustozera on the Pechora river in 1611 as one of their traders. This William Gordon wrote an interesting report, in 1615, on the Samoyeds, their dress, sledges, tents, ci'stoms, etc., which is published in Purchas, iii, p. 553. * William Huntriss, or Huntrice, was a Yorkshire lad. Purchas says he came from '* Stoneborough". But there is no such place in York- shire. It is probably a misprint for Scarborough. Huntriss is a Scar- borough name, and there is Huntriss Row in tho old town. Young William Huntriss went the first voyage to Greenland with James Hall. This expedition, under Captain Cunningham, was sent by the King of Denmark, and sailed from Copenhagen on May 2nd, 1605. Hall was master of the Troost, Cunningham's ship, and Huntriss was Hall's boy. The ship anchored off the Greenland coast, and Hall went to explore in the pinnace, attended by his boy. On this occasion young Huntriss, when in the boat, was shot through both buttocks by an Eskimo arrow. He went with Hall in his second and third voyages, and was allowed £<$() a year by the King of Denmark for his skill in navigation. When Hall left the Danish service his faithful boy accompanied him, and went out in this Greenland voyage from Hull, of which Baffin is the historian. Now we find him promoted to be Master of the second mm 18 THE FIRST BECORDED VOTAOB OF Tuesday, the fourth of August, in the morning, the winde out'Jf'*""' being northerly, a very small gale, we got to sea, whore the Urbonr. ^in^Q came to the southward, and we tacked sometime on the one boord, and sometime on the other, making small way on our course. Munday (sic), the tenth, was raine and foule weather, as it had continued euery day since wee came from harbour, sauing the seuenth day, which was somewhat faire; for Thick and commonly, while the winde is south, it is very thick and weather, t'oulo Weather. We tacked sometimes on one boord, and the winde beingiouth. sometimes on the other, making a south-by-west way, at noone six leagues. Wednesday, the twelfth, it waxed calmo, we being some- what southward of a cape, called Burnils Gape ;^ and about Bnrnili Cape. model of a kayak, with an Eukitno in it, which was preseuted by Audrew Barker. It has the following inscription : — *^ Andrew Barker, one of the Masters of this House, on his voyage from Greenland, anno domini 1613, took up this boat and a man in it, of which this is the effigy." In the accounts for the second quarter of Andrew Barker's third Wardenship, a.d. 1619, are the following entries : — " Item to Edward Ffewlis for carving the Greynlander . y* •' Item to the paynter for the Greynlander . . iiij." And in the succeeding Warden's accounts (a.d. 1620) is the following entry : — " Item to Andrewe Barker, vf<^^ he paid about the Gren- landman more than he accompted for at the auditt . viij'." Kayaks from Greenland were also brought home by Frobisher and Davis, and there was one hanging in the hall of Sir Thomas Smith's house. In the curious old Schiffer-geselhchaft, at Lubeck, there is an old kayak hanging from the beams, which appears, from the inscrip- tion, to have been brought to Europe by the Danish Expedition of 1607. 1 Burnil's Cape is the Cape Burnitt of the Admiralty Chart, which is copied from the Danish Chart of 1832. The name was given by Hall ship, the Heart's Ease. Further on we shall find that Baffin's ship, the PatiencCy lost sight of the HearCs Ease in a gale on September 2nd. She arrived safely in the Thames on September 19th, and I have not been able to find any further trace of young Uuntriss. B Or Gatonbe, writer of the other account of the voyage in Churchill. See note at page 2. WILLTAM BArriN. 29 three or fouro of tho clocke in the aftornoono, the windo came to the north and by westj an oasio gale, with fairo weather. The eighteenth, at noon, wo wore in 58° 50'. The sevon- teonth day I tooko the variation of the compasse, finding variation it to be 13° 22', contrary to tho obsoruations of others in this place. And if any doe doubt of the truth thereof, they may with a little paines prove it. Tho eighteenth of August, the declination of tho sunne was 9"" 58', for tho meridian of London. But we beiug almost fouro houres of time to tho westward thereof, there are three minutes to bo abated from the rest : and so the declination was 9" 55' ; and his height aboue the horizon was 24° 40' in the latitude of 59° 0' ; and his distance from tho south to the westward, by the corapasse, was 81°. And for truth of tho first ob- seruation, I tooke another shortly after, finding them not to differ above 4'. Wednesday, the nineteenth, the windo still continued with thick and hasio weather, we being at noouo in the latitude of 58° 30', or thereabout, making a south south- east way, about ten leagues. Thursday, the twentieth, was faire weather, the wind at east north-east, woe steered away south-east and south- east and by east, making at noone a south-east and by south way, about thirtie leagues, being at noone in the latitude of 57° 20'. This day, in the afternoone, I tooke variation the variation of the compasse, and found it about 11° 10'. Friday, the one and twentieth, fairo weather, with the winde at north and north by east, and we made an east i 11" 10'. in the voyage of 1605, and I think it probable that it should be Cape Brunei, after Oliver Brunei, the Dutch explorer, who was for some time in the Danish service. For a foil account of Brunei, and of the diffi- cult questions connected with his history, see Lieut. Kooleman Beynen's Introduction to the Barents' Voyages (Hakluyt Society's vol. 1876). See also the note at the end of the Voyage of Knight (Hakluyt Society's vol. Voyages of LancufUr). 80 TUB FIRST EKCORDED VOYAOE OP Variation 7" 23'. Variation 7" 20'. Tho true variation 6" 4'. south-cast way, half southerly, some twentie-foure leagues, being at noone, by obseruation, in the latitude of 56° 50'. Saturday, the two and twentieth, faire weather, the wind at north and north by east, wee made an east way half southerly, some twentie-two leagues, being at noone iu the latitude of 56° 47'. Sunday, the three and twentieth, faire weather, the wind at west north-west, we making an east and east by north way, about twenty-four leagues. This day I tooke the variation of the compasse, and found it to be 7° 23', being at noone in the latitude of 57° 26'. Munday, the foure and twentieth, being S. Bartholomew's day, fairoweather with a north north-west, wee makingan east north-east way, halfe northerly, about twenty-seven leagues, and were at noon, by observation, in the latitude of 58° 4'. This day T obserued and found the compasse to be varied 7° 20'. Tuesday, the fiue and twentieth, faire weather and calrae ; the winde at north, wee made a north-east and by east way, seuenteene leagues, being at noone in the latitude of 58° 30'. This day I found the common compasse to be varied one point, and the true variation to be 6° 4'. Wednesday, the sixe and twentieth, /aire weather also, with the wind north north-west, wee made a north-east and by east way halfe, about twentie two leagues, being in the height of 59° 10'. Thursday, tho seven and twentieth, indifferent faire weather, with a stiffe gale of wind at the north north-west, we making a north-east way about thirty-one leagues, being at noone in the latitude of 60° 10'. Friday, the eight and twentieth, the wind at south-east, with a stiffe gale, wee made good about noone a north-east and by east way, about twenty-nine leagues. This day, in tho afternoon it blew so greato a storrae that we were in great distressc, tho windc at east south-east. But about lli) 1: .n,J..'IHtwi.l.tVi^ WILLIAM JBAFFIN. 31 eleuen of the clocke it camo to the north-west, and north- west by north. And we ranne some twentie leagues. Saturday, the nine and twentieth, it blew so stiffo that wee could beare none but our foresaile, making an east and by south way, halfe southerly, about thirtie leagues. Sunday, the thirtieth, all the forenoone it blew a very stiffe gale, and about noone the winde camo southerly ; and it blew a very great storme, which continued all that day and that night, in such sort that we could not sailo at all, but all that night lay at hull. ]\Ionday, the one and thirtieth, in the morning about foure of the clocke, the winde came to the south-west a very stiffe gale, at which time we set our fore-saile. The wind continued all this day and night ; we steered away east and by south, making at noon an east north-east way, about thirtie foure leagues. Tuesday, the first of September, the wind still continued at south-west, blowing a very stiffo gale ; we steered away east and by south, making an east way about fiftie leagues. This day, at noon, we were in the latitude of 60° 45'. Wednesday, the second, faim weather, with the wind at south-west ; wee made an east and by south way, half a point southerly, about fortie-two leagues, being at noone in the latitude of 60° 10'. This day I obserued, and found the corapasse to be varied three degrees to the west- ward. Thursday, the third day, faire weather, the wind at south->vest; wee made an east by north way at noone, about twentie leagues. This day, in the after-noone, the winde being at north north-west, it blew a very stiffe gale for two watches ; and toward seuen or eight of the clocke the storme so increased that our shippe was not able to beare any saile. And all that night wee lay at hull.^ Friday, the fourth, the storme still continued, and wo ^ Tiying-to. 82 THE FIRST RECORDED VOTAOE OF could beare no saile all that day till about foure of the clocko in the afternoone, at which time we set our fore course and ZJlSiS!?„ „, our maine course. The night before, in the storrae we lost company of o ' Bort|"fij°"' the Harts-ease.^ This day wee made some tvvelue leagues artseaae, ^^^^ ^^^ y^^ north, and WO fell to lee-ward, lying at hull some fiue leagues south by west. Saturday, the fift, calme weather, but very thicke and close all the fore-noone : the wind continued still at north north-west ; we making, from the time wee set our courses the day before, about twentie leagues east half southerly, beeing at noone in the latitude of 59° 53'. Sunday, the sixt, faire weather, the wind at north north- west, we steering away east north-east, and east and by north, made an east by north way, half northerly some Variation e 29 leagues, being at noone in 60° 10'. This day the com- degreesto . the East, passe was varied to the east sixe degrees. This afternoone found. jj; ^gg almost calme, and wee sounded, and found ground at sixtie eight fathomes. This evening, about ten of the clock, the wind came to the south-east. Munday, the seventh, very faire weather, the wind south- east and south-east by east ; wee tacked in the morning to the northward, and ranne east north-east and east by north vntill seuen or eight in the afternoone, at which time we tacked vp to the southward, and went away south-west till toward twelve a clocke that night, twentie leagues. Tuesday, the eight, in our morning watch I found our selues to be in 59° 20', and about fiue of the clock I espied land, which wee supposed to bee the Isles of Orhiey, as * The Heart's Ease, under command of young William Huntriss, with John Gatonbe on board, diligently writing his journal, lost sight of the Patience on the 4th of September, as here recorded by Baffin, On the 8th she sighted Fair Isle, and on the 15th arrived in Yarmouth Koads, proceeding to London instead of going to Hull, as the Patience did. The Heart's Ease entered the Thames on the 19th of September, and Huntriss caused the flags to be hoisted half mast, in token of the death of his beloved commander, James Hall. He brought the ship up to St. Katherine's Pool. „.-r-5^*rtst»ti tw» WILLIAU BAFFIN. 33 afterward we found them to be the same ; and toward three o|fkn"y! ''^ of the clocke we came to an anchor in a channell running botweene the Hands, where the people came to vs, and brought vs hennes, geese, and sheepe, and sold them to vs for old clothes and shoes, desiring rather them then money. There are about eighteene of these Hands, which are called by the name of the Orkneis. -j* Wednesday, the ninth, it was thicke weather, and tho wind so easterly that wee could not weigh anchor. Thursday, the tenth, faire weather, and the wind came to the north-west, and about noone we weighed anchor j and towarde fiue of the clocke we were cleere off the lies. The channel, for the most part, lyeth north-west and south-east. i^ljfn,'an-"' All that night we stood away south-east. orunoy. Friday, the eleuenth, faire weather, with the wind at north north-west; and about nine of the clocke in the morning we steered away south south-east, at which time wee had sight of Buguham-nesse,^ and about two of the Buguham- clocke we were thwart of it. The seuenteenth, we came to an anchor in Hull Road, for which the Lord bee praysed. at huu!"^" Here I thinke it not amisse briefly to relate the state and manner of the people of Greenland, forasmuch as I could learne; as also what likelihood there is of a passe into the sea, which lyeth vpon Tartarie and China. The north-west part of Grouland is an exceeding high land to the sea-ward, and almost nothing but mountaynes, which are wonderfull high all within the land, as farre as wee could perceiue ; and they are all of stone, some of one colour, and some of another, and all glistering, as though they were of rich value, but indeed they are not worth No profit- anything; for our gold-smith, James Carlisle, tryed very much of the Vre, and found it to bee nothing worth .^ If there bee any mettall, it lyeth so low in the mountaynes * Buchan Ness, the east point of Aberdeenshire. ^ The mica, often found in masses in clefts of the gneiss, was mistaken for silver ore. D 34 THE FIRST RECORDED VOYAGE OP Continnall HIOW. Grasse. No trees. that it cannot bee well come by. There are some rocks in these mountaynes, which are exceeding pure stone, finer, and whiter then alabaster.^ The sides of these mountaynes continually are covered with snow for the most part, and especially the north sides, and the No[r]th sides of the valleyes hauing a kind of mosse, and in some places grasse, with a little branch running all along the ground, bearing a little black berrie ; it runneth along the ground like three-leaued grasse heere in England. There are few or no trees growing, as farre as wee could perceiue ; but in one place, some fortie miles within the land, in a river. Bulls River, which wce Called Balls River. There I saw, on the south side of an high mountayne, which we went vp, and found A p-ovo of (as it were) a yong groue of smnll wood, some of it sixe or small wood. ^ / J a o ' seuen foot high, like a coppice in England that had beene some two or three yeers cut ; and this was the most wood that wee saw growing in this country, being some of it a kind of willow, juniper, and such like.^ We found in many places mi7,ch angelica. We suppose the people eate the roots thereof, for some causes, for we haue scene them have many of them in their boats.'^ 1 Quartz. ''' The largest tree ever seen by Dr. Rink, in Greenland, was a birch fourteen feet high, in the Tasermiut fjord, in 60° N. lat. This Betula nlpcftm is only found south of 62" N. South of Go" N. the alder (^Alnus repcns) grows scantily, 3 'fhe Quan ( Archanrjelica officinaUs) is found in the fjords of South Greenland, and more rarely in Disco. The word Quan, now used by the Eskimo, is Norse, and hence it is supposed that angelica was intro- duced by the Normans. The young stalks are eaten raw, being brittle and sweet. In sheltered spots the plant will grow to a height of six feet. Angelica was well known in the kitchen gardens of England in the days of Baffin. Gervase Markhara, in his '^'Country Farm'''' (published in 1616), includes it among the physic herbs, which should, he recom- mends, be grown in certain borders below the kitchen garden, near the wall of the orchard. The root was believed to be sovereign against the plague and all sorts of poisons, and Englishmen then used the leaves and stalks in sauce with their meats, because it was supposed to help digestion f mmm WILMAM BAFFIN. :35 There are a great store of foxes in the Hands, and in the Mayne, of sundry colours ; and there are a kind of hares, as white as snow, with their furre or haire very long. Also there be deere, but they are most commonly vp within the Mayne very farre; because the people doe so much hunt them that come neere the sea. I saw at one time seuen of them together, which were all that wee did see in the country. But our men have bought diuers coates of the people, made of deeres skinnes, and have bought of their homes also. Besides, we have diuers times scene the footsteps of some beast, whose foote was bigger than the foot of a great oxe. Furthermore, the inhabitants haue a kinde of dogges, which they keepo at their houses and tents, which dogges are almost like vnto wolues, lining by fish, as the foxes doe. But one thing is very strange, as I thought ; for the pizzles of both dogges and foxes are bono. The people, all the summer time, vse nothing but fishing, drying their fish and scales flesh vpon the rockes, for their winter prouision. Euery one, both man and woman, haue each of them a boate, made with long small pieces of firre- wood, couered with sealos skinnes very well drest, and sewed so well with sinewes or guts that no water can pierce them through, being some of them aboue twentie foot long, and not past two foot, or two foot and an halfe broad, in forme of a weauers shittle (sic), and so light, that a man may carrie many of them at once for the weight. In these boates they will row so swiftly, that it is almost incredible ; for no ship in the world is able to keepo way with them, although shee haue neuer so good a gale of wind ; and yet they vse but one oare, who, sitting in the middle {sic) of their boate, and holding their oaro in the very much. The leaves were held to be good against sorcery and en- chantment. For notices of angelica in Greenland, see Cravtz^ i, p. 01 ; and Ef/fffc, p. 45. Foxes. White hares neere. Tuese see me to be elkos, or Loshes. Docges like Wolves. The pizales of DoKK'.'s and fo.xes ai'o bone ; so also is the Morses piz- rlo, of which I have by me one of stone. The preat swiftiies.se of their lioats. Their Oarcs ))riiail at botli ends. I) 1 ;i i HI ■! I i ( m i hi 86 THK FIRST BKOORDED VOYAOE OP Salmnns 1111(1 MdraoH, etc. AiikIos Hiid Lines, 'J'licir preat H( lilts .12 fool, lolljr. TJioy wor- Rhip tlie Sunne. Tbeir salii- tatioii. Tbeir burials. middle, being broad at eacli end like our oaves, will at an instant goe backward and forward as thoy please.^ In these boates they catch the most part of their food, being scales and salmons, morses, and other kinds of fishes. Some they kill with their darts, and other some with angles, hauing a line made of small shiuers of whales finnes, and an hooko of some fishes bones, with which lines and hookes we also have caught very much fish. Also they haue another kinde of boate, which is very long ; for wee haue scene one of them thirty-two foot in length, open in the toppe like our boates, hauing tenne seats in it ; in which, when they remooue their dwellings, they Carrie their goods or house-hold stuffe ; for they re- mooue their dwellings very often, as their fishing doth serve, lining in the summer-time in tents made of seales skinnes, and in winter in houses somewhat in the ground. Wee could not particularly learn their rites or cere- monies j but generally they worship the sunne, as chiefo authour of their felicitie. At their first approach vnto vs, thoy vsed with their hands to point vp to tho sunne, and to strike their hands upon ther brests Ili/onf^ ; as who would say, I meane no harme ; which they will doe very often, and will not come neer you vntil you do the like, and then they will come without any feare at all. They burie their dead in the out-Ilands neere the sea- side. Their manner of buriall is this : — vpon the tops of the hils they gather a company of stones together, and make thereof an hollow caue or graue, of the length and breadth of the bodie which they intend to burie, laying the stones somewhat close like a wall, that neyther foxes nor o^her such beasts may deuoure the bodies, couering them • Both Frobishcr and Davis brought home kayaks, and one was hang- U'-j: in the hall of Sir Tliomas Smith's house. * Davis, in his list, givos the same word with the same moaning — "17/flo?>/c", " I mean no harm" (Ilakluyt Society's ed., p. 21). \\\ -^^gs^iEaBBjgj pSfjyg^gp.- j^aMi WILLIAM UAFFIN. [57 with broud stones, showing afai' off liko a pilo of stones. And neore vnto this graue where the bodio lyeth is an- other, wherein they burie his bow and arrovves, with his darts and all his other prouision which heo vsed while heo was lining. Hee is buried in all his apparell ; and the coldnesse of the climate doth keepe the bodie from smelling and stinking, although it lye aboue ground. They eat all their food raw, and vse no fire to dress their victuals, as farre as wee could perceiue. Also wee hane scene them drinke the salt-water at our shippes side ; but whether it be vsuall or no, I cannot tell. Although they dresse not their meate with fire, yet they vse fire for other things, as to warme them, etc. Diuers of our men were of opinion that they were man- eaters, and would haue deuoured vs, if they could haue caught vs. But I do not thinke they would ; for if they had bin so minded, they might at one time haue caught our cooke, and two other with him, as they were filling of water at an Hand a great way from ovr ship. These three, I say, were in the ships boate, without eyther musket or any other weapon ; when, as a great company of tlio sauages came rowing vnto them with their darts and other furniture, which they neuer goe without, and stood looking into the boate for nayles, or any old iron, which they so greatly desire, while our men were in such a foare that they knew not what to doe. At length our cooke remem- bered that hee had some old iron in his pocket, and gaue each of them some, as farre as it would goe, with his key of his chest. And presently they all departed, without offering any harme at all : but this I speake not that I would haue men to trust them, or to goe among them vnprouided of weapons. Thoy biii'iu tlio wt'ai)()im niul nil otiior fur- nitni-o of thu (lead. They V80 flro. Tlioy are not Maii- taters. Nailcs and old Iron ffreatly do- sired of the Sauagutj. SECOND RECORDED VOYAGE or WILLIAM BAFFIN. I. A Jouniall of the Voyage made to Greenland' with sixe English ships and a Pinassc, in the yeere 1613. Written by MASTER WILLIAM BAFFIN.'^ Ascension gy ^]^q prouideiice of Almightie God wee departed from Qucenhorough the thirteenth day of May with sixe good ships, viz., the Tigre, admirall ; the Matthew, vice-admirall : the Sea-horse, called the Gamaliel, the reare-admirall ; the Desire, the Annula, and the Richard and Barnard, with the John and Francis shortly to follow.^ 1 Spitzbergen. " From Purchas, Part iii, lib. iv, cap. v, pp. 716 to 720. There is another account of this voyage, believed to have been written by Fotherby, which follows this journal. 3 The Fotherby Narrative tells us that Mr. Benjamin Joseph, of London, was chief captain — " a man very sufficient and worthy of his place". There were twenty-four Biscayners, the most expert whale fishers of those days, in the fleet. The Tifjcr, of 260 tons, was admiral ; the Matthew, of 250 tons, vice-admiral ; and the Gamaliel, 200 tons, rear-admiral. The other vessels were the Jolin and Francis, 180 tons ; Desire, 180 tons ; and Annula, 140 tons. The Richard and Barnard was a pinnace of 60 tons, intended for further discovery. The fleet dropped down to Gravesend on April 30th, and on the 4th of May "wee entered into the Swaile at Quinborowe". On the 7th, the Royal Fleet, returning from landing the Count Palatine and the Princess Elizabeth, passed them, and there was an exchange of salutes. On the 8KC0ND RECORDED VOYAGE OF WILLIAM UAFFIN. 39 The one and twentieth day, faire weather, the winde southwarde, wee still making to the northwards. This morning wee had sight of land on the coast of Norway, it lying east and by north off about twelue or fourteene leagues. This day, at noone, we were in the latitude of 61° 30', the variation of the compasse at Scoutes-nes is eight degrees east, it being about ten or twelve leagues off; wee hauing made a north way halfe east, about thirtie leagues. The three and twentieth, at noone, in the latitude of 65° 45', in which place the needle of declination doth dippe vnder the horizon 63° 30' by that instrument, which de- clineth 54 at London. The thirtieth day, about three of the clock, ^ wee espied Greenland the land of Greenland,^ being about eight or nine leagues rtkyes?" off. The southwardest part of it bare south-east and by east off it, which shortly wee perceiued to bee the land lying in 76° 55', which is called Horne-sound.^ This land 13th of May the exploring fleet sailed from the Swale. Benjamin Joseph, the general of the voyage, was a man in high repute for skill and conduct. After his return from Spitzbergen he commanded a small ship of Bristol, and brought timely relief to Waterford, when Captain Downton arrived there from the East Indies in October 1613, in sore need of provisions. At that very time the Court of Directors was recognising his claim to command one of their fleets. lie appears to have made demands at first which were considered unreasonable ; but an agreement was arrived at, and in December 1613, Benjamin Joseph was appointed to command the East India Company's fleet. He him- self was in the Charles, on board of which a journal was kept by Henry Crosby, master's mate (preserved at the India Office — No. 23), and his vice-admiral was the Unicorn. In 1617 Captain Joseph was slain in a fight with a Portuguese karrack. His widow Isabell petitioned the Com- pany for a gratuity, and a sum of £40 was granted, and thankfully accepted by her son-in-law, Mr, Maddocks. * The Fotherby Narrative says four o'clock in the morning, all the ships being in company. 2 Spitzbergen. 3 Discovered and so named by Jonas Poole in his voyage in the Amity for the Muscovy Company, in 1610. A ship of Saint John de Luz. Right Spaniards on the Coast. The Gene- rail was (/Kptain Beiiiamin Joseph, after slaine in a fl^bt with n Carrilce. 40 SECOND RECORDED VOYAGE OF Dutch ship. No night the 23 May. lyeth, by our common compasse, north north-west. Within two houres after we had sight of land, it began to snowe, and was very cold. This euening the compasse was varied thirteene degrees west. The one and thirtieth day, variable weather with snowe, and very cold, and the winde also variable; and in the afternoone the winde was at the north-east. In the morning wee espied a ship, and about noone wee spoke with her, and their master and pilot came aboord of vs; and wee knew them to bee that ship of Saint John de Luys, which had leaue of the Companie to fish ; and they told vs that there were eight Spaniards on the coast. Also wee espied another ship, which we supposed to be a Frenchman, and had one Allan Sallas to their pilot. The second of June, in the morning, about fiue of the clocke, our generall sent our shallop to a small pinke, that all this night we saw along the shoare, to bid their master and pilot come aboord vs, which presently they did. The masters name was Clais Martin of Home, and his ship was for Dunkerke, and he told vs that he was consorted with another ship that was his admirall; the captaines name was Fopp of Dunkerke, and that he was on the coast. Wee kept the master and pilot aboord of vs, and sent some of our men aboord of her, and brought her vnder our lee; and then wee sent their master aboord againe, charging them to follow vs. This afternoone we took their shallop, with fiue or sixe men, whereof two were English men, and one Scot, at the Faire foreland.^ The fourth day, also faire weather. This morning was the first whale killed.^ We had no night since the three 1 The northern point of Prince Charles Island, so named by Jonas Poole in 1610. 2 Fotherby, who was in the Matthew, says that they ran before a fresh gale to the north end of Prince Charles Island, and then beat up into Sir Thomas Smith's Bay, where the fleet anchored. Then the Bis- s WILLfAM UAFFIN. 41 and twentieth of May. The fift day, faire weather, but very cold, the winde north.i We sayled along the Hand, being about eighteene or twentie leagues in length, lying for the most part, by the common compasse, north and by west half westward. About nine of the clocke in the after- noone we saw our other three ships, viz., the Gamaliel, the Desire, and the Richard and Barnard, which lay there to and fro, because they could not goe into their harbour by reason of the ice ; and also because there were foure other ships in a bay or coue, called Pooppy Bay, or Nickes Coue ; and also other ships on the other side in Greene Harbour. We sailed along the drift ice vntiU about one or two of the clocke in the morning, at which time we camo to an anchor in the entrance of the sound, because the ice came driuing out so fast. The sixt day, faire weather, the wind variable till the afteruoone, at which time it came to the northwards. About three in the afternoone we weighed anchor, and nivers " straiigora. about ten of the clocke we came to the foure ships lying in Pooppy Bay, two of them being Hollanders, and one a Rocheller, and the other a ship of Burdeaux. The masters of the Hollanders came aboord of our ship to speake with the generall, both of them being of Amsterdam, and cayners, " our whale stickers", went away in their boats to look out for whales off the Foreland, The rest of the men took the coppers for melting blubber, and t!ie casks on shore, and got everything ready for boiling down. Then came the news that the Biscayners had killed a whale, and from that time the work of boiling down went briskly for- ward. ' On the 5th, word was brought from Green Harbour that five ships, Spanish and French, were come into Ice Sound, intending to fish for the whale. So the Tiger weighed anchor and made sail for Ice Sound. " Then did our Admiral continue aa a ivafter alongst the coast, till the 27th of June, and then he came to us againe into Sir Thomas Smyth's Baye." A " wafter" was a term applied to ships of war, probably from their carrying flags or waj'ls. 42 RKCOND UKC'OKDKI) V0YA<1K OF brought a commission granted by the Grauo Muurice, for to fish in this country. But, when they saw our Kings Maiostys Commission granted to the worshipful companie, they told our generall that they would depart this coast, haning our general's ticket to shew to their aduenturers that they were there, and had made their port, and how he would not suffer them to fish. We anchored close by the French ship, wherein was Allane Sallis,* being ready to fight if they refused to come aboord vs. So when we sent our shallop, the master came presently, and their surgeon, who could speake English. At the first, they denyed that Sallas was aboord of them ; but, being hardly urged, they confessed that hee and one Thomas Fisher, an English man, was aboord, who were both presently sent for. This Sallas was their pilot, and Fisher was their gunner. The seuenth day, faire weather, we road still at anchor. This day I obserued the latitude of the place, and found LBt.78-24'. it jn 78° 24'. The variation of the compasse is, in this place, 15° 21' west. About a north sunne, a small ship of Biscay came into the harbour where we roade. The eight day, for the most part snow, the windo south- ward. This day the master of the French ship, being a ship of nine score, or two hundred, called the Jaqiiea of Bur- deaux, agreed with our generall that he might fish on the coast: our generall was to have halfe the whales he could kill. Also, this day the master of the ship of Rochel, and the master of the small ship of Biscay, were agreed to depart from the coast. The ninth day, faire weather. This morning the Gama- liel, our rear-admirall, and the Desire, weighed anchor to goe for Greene-harbour, where two ships lay, one of Dun- kerke, and the other of Saint Sebastian in Biscay. The captaine of the Dunkirke, called Fopp, had beene with our generall, and told him that he would depart from this coast. Our generall gaue him leaue to take the pilot of the small 1 Allen Sallowes, an Eiiylisli pilot. Ship of Biscay. Bnowo. r»i*»aii»i!»'''"'«='*™'"<'- WIIJ.IAM IJATKIN. 48 pitikc, and thu other Dutch niuu he had takou of his, keep- ing only the English men and the Scots ; also the two ships of Holland, with the ship of Biscay, and that of Jiochel weighed anchor, and departed from this harbour. About sixe of the clocke in the afternoone came the master of the ship of Saint Sebastian aboord of vs, being brought by one of the masters mates of the Desire (they hauing taken two of his shallops) to know our generals pleasure, whether he should haue them againo or no. Our general] gauo them him againe, vpon condition that he would depart the coast. About a north north-west sunne, we weighed anchor to goe for Horne-Sound, where we heard that there were diners ships ; the wind northward ; a small gale. The tenth day, faire weather, the winde at north, being very close weather. About a north sunne, we came to an anchor, in the entrance of Low Sound, where we saw two Low souiui. ships ride at anchor. Our generall sent our shallop to see what ships they were, who found them to bee the two ships of Holland. Also our long boato went on shoare, to set vp the Kings Maiesties armes vpou a low point of laud, lying a great way off, called Low-nesse. We set vp a crosse of wood, and nayled the armes vpon it. The thirteenth day, in the moniing, it snowed very fufet, being very thicke weather, the winde variable, we standing off from the land. About seuen of the clock it began to cleere vp, at which time we espied three ships ; and making toward them, at length we perceiued them to be the three ships which came from the bay where wo road ; the winde also was at east and by south, and blew a very stiffe gale. Then we stood in for the shoare, and spent most of this day in turn vp Horne-Sound. And about a north north- west sunne, at ten a clock, wee espied six ships l^ing at anchor on the south side of the Sound, in a small bay. The one of them was Captaine Fopp, the Dunkerker, who came in before vs, and was appointed by our geuorall to H!h Mflioa- tioK AriiiOH liiMlitCroaHO NOt ui> ut Luwnotiiie. 44 SKCOND BKCOUDED VOYAGE OF :! • I i i 1 ' ; 1 !:l J Thomas Bonnor, Kiij'liHli- nmi., Master auil I'ilot. Ttl" 55'. Do- d illation «7- *»'. Variation la- 11'. come into this harbour, and there to stay for vs, and to goe to the Foreland, to haue his other ship which wo kept there. Foure of them wore Biscaines of Saint Sebastian ; and one of them was in the harbour where we road and found the French ship. The sixt was a ship of Amsterdam wherein Thomas Bonner was master and pilot, and aboue twentie English men more. All the Biscaines came aboord of vs, as soone as we were at an anchor; but Thomas Bonner refused to come, being sent for by our generall. Our generall commanded our gunner to shoot at him, he himself discharging the second ordnance. Then presently he began to set saile, and cut his cable, thinking to get from vs ; but wee hauing shot him through three or foure times, they began to weaue vs, so we sent our shallop and he came aboord. There were fine or sixe more of the English men fetched aboord, and some of our men sent to bring her to an anchor, where she might ride safe, for shee Avas almost run ashoare. This was about a north sunne, or elouen a clocke. The Biscaines were charged presently to depart, so soone aa they had filled fres vater, which they said they wanted ; and to bring what whale finnes they had found, or had taken, or other things. The fourteenth day, faire weather, the winde at east north-east. This morning, one of the Biscaines brought a few whale finnes aboord of vs, and the skin of a beare, which they had killed. Then was our boate-swaine sent aboord of them to search their ships, and to bid them depart. Our generall kept the Holland ship, wherein was Thomas Bonner, to the vse of the Companie. This day I obserued the latitude of this place by a quadrant of foure foote semi- diameter, and found it to stand in 76° 55' : the declination of the needle vnder tho horizon is 67° 30', pointing to the northwards ; but pointing to the southwards, it is 80°. Tho variation of tho corapasso is 12° 14' west, from tho true meridian ; but from our commuu sayling compass it is WILLIAM BAFFIN. 45 get or 17°, because the compasao is touched five degrees and a halfe to the eastward, and the variation is to the westward. This day, in the afternoone, the foure ships of Biscay departed from this harbour, which is called Home-sound ; and about a north sunne, I, with the master, Thomas Sherin, went ashore with other, to set vp another crosse with the Kings Maiosties arms, cast in lead, naylod vpon it. Then I obserued the sunne vpon his north meridian, by my fox*e- said quadrant, and found it eleuated aboue the horizon 10° 30'; but because his height at the south meridian, and his height at the north, did not agree in finding of the latitude, I did abate fiue minnt-^j- from each, as the meane betwixt both; for his altitude at the south meridian was 30° 40', the declination 23° 29'. The fifteenth day, faire weather ; the winde in the morn- ing south, but almost calme. This day, about noone, wo weighed anchor with the ship of Amsterdam, and diners of her men were fetched aboord vs with their shipper, and some of our men were sent aboord her with one of our masters mates, called Master Spencer. All this day it was so calme, that wee were faine to towe our ship. Our cai'- penter did trim vp two of the Biscaine shallops, which they did leaue behind them, and they did leaue diuers hoopes and caske [s ?] staued ashore. The eighteenth day, faire weather ; the winde variable, we stearing away northward. This afternoone wee met with another ship of Biscay, being a ship of two or three hundred tunnes. Our generall, as he did to the rest, caused her master and pilot to come aboord vs, to whom be shewed his commission, charging them to depart this countrey. They, seeing no remedie, were content, so soone as they had filled fresh water. We met with them off the south- ward part of the Hand. Our generall being so neoro Greene Harbour, where the Gamaliel and the Desire road, wee went into the Sound to see them, with this great ship I I'! i I hi ■i I 40 SECOND RECORDED VOYAOE OF Coast of Groinland, of Biscay, and the ship of Amsterdam. We found that the ouc"'^''"*"' entrance of Greene Harbour was quite stopped with ice, and ran our ship into it, thinking to get through, but wee could not. Then wee got her out againe and came to the bay, where we roade on the other side of the sound in Pooppy Bay, or Nickes Coue. The nineteenth day, faire weather, the winde northward. This day, about twelue of the clock, we came to an anchor in the foresaid bay. This afternoone there came another ship of Saint Sebastian into the bay where wee roade ; and about seuen of the clock the captain came aboord of vs, who told us that he had lost six of his men and a shallop ^2" on'the''' vpon the coast of Groineland, vpon an Hand in the latitude of 72°, or thereabouts. This was the master which had beene here last yeere, and made a great voyage. Master Woodcocke being their pilot. His making so great a voyage was the cause that so many ships were here this yeere. The twentieth in the morning we had news that the John and Francis was come about two days agoe, and that they had killed one and twentie whales at the Foreland, and had also killed two at Greene harbour- This day it was very close weather with some snowe ; the winde north-west. This afternoone the captains of the two Biscay ships were commanded to depart this coast. The one and twentieth wee perceiued another ship stand- ing toward vs. Wee lessened our sailes, and stayed for her to see what she was. At length we perceiued her to bee another Biscaine. About a north sunne we came to an anch or in Greene harbour, by the Gamaliel and the Desire, and the ship of Burdeaux, and the Biscaine followed vs. So soone as they were come to an anchor, their captaine came aboord of vs, to whom our generall shewed his com- mission, as he had done to the rest, charging him to depart those coasts, and told him that hee would take awav some WILLIAM BAFFIN. slaiiiu. Lat. 780 7', of their shallops. They earnestly intreated him not to take them away, and they would depart ; the captaine offering his bond to our generall, that if he stayed either in Green- land, Groineland, or Cherie Hand, he would willingly forfeit all he was worth. There was another whale killed in Greene- harbour, in the killing whereof there was a man slaine, and "''" a boate ouerwhelmed by too much haste of following him, after the harping iron was in him. The three and twentieth day, faire weather, the winde northward. This day and the last night I obserued the latitude of the place where we roade, and found it by both to bee in the latitude of 78° 7' ; the skie at both obserua- Note tions being very cleere, where I find that there is no sensible error betweene a south obseruation and a north, the skie being cleare. But if the skie be hasie, there will be some difference as of eight or ten minutes, being ob- serued on shore by some large quadrant or other instru- ment for the purpose ; also a south south-west moone, by South west Moo!ie the common compasse, maketh a fuUe sea in this place.^ maketh a The ninth of July, faire weather, the winde at north. '>'"'^- This day wee stood to the southward along the Hand ; but toward night it fell calme, and then the winde came to the west. The tenth day, faire weather, but thicke and close, the winde south south-west. All this day we stood for Bel-sound.^ Our generall went on slioare this afternoone, and killed foure deere, and brought a young morse aliue with him aboord. The eleuenth day, faire weather, but calme. This after- noone wee perceiued fine shippes in a bay in Bel-sound. * On the 27th of June the T'njcr ieturned to Sir Thomas Smyth's Bay, rejoining the Matthew. Dm-ing her cruise aa a u-a/ter, she had met seventeen ships, — four from Holland, two from Dunkirk, four from St. Jean de Luz, and seven from San Sebastian. All their commanders had submitted to the English commander, and had agreed either to leave the coast or to remain upon such conditions as he proposed to theni. 2 So named by Jonas Poole in IGIO, 48 SECOND RECORDED VOYAGE OP ill I : '! I i It I I ' I The winde was so calme that wee were faine to towe in our shippes, and about a north north-west sunne we came to an anchor by them, with our three ships, Diz., the Tigre, admirall ; the Matthew, vice-admirall ; and the Richard and Barnard, hauing made all things readie for to fight. These fiue shippes which rid here, the one was a great shippe of ABiFcayan Biscav, of seucn hundred tunnes,^ and two Hollanders, ship of 7()0 •' . tuns. which we found the sixt of June in Pooppy-bay, and one small pinke of Amsterdam, and another smal shippe of Rocholle. This great shippe of Biscay, which we expected would have fought with vs, sent their captaine aboord of vs before we came to an anchor, and submitted themselues vnto the generall. The two ships of Amsterdam, whose masters names were these, viz., Cornelius Calias, William Vermogan, admirall, and John Jacob, vice-admirall ; these two would gladly haue stood out with vs, if the Biscaine would haue assisted them. The twelfth day, faire weather. This day the ship of John Jacobs was vnderladen of such goods as shee had in her J as oyle, blubber, and morses skinnes. The thirteenth day I was sent in a shallop to Greene Harborough. The foureteenth day, thicke close weather, the winde northward ; but towarde noone it began to cleare vp, and then it blew more winde. About a west sunne, we came to a small Hand, or rather a rock, where morses vse to come; where we found seauen which we killed, and knocked out their teeth, and let them lye. In this place are many of these rockes, where are great multitudes of foule, and they are called Lizets Hands. The land all along is so full of rockes, that it is vnpossible for any shippe to come neere the maine, but in the sands, which are very deepe and good to come in. All this euening and night wee rowed betweene tliis Hand and Ice-sound.^ ^ She was a ship of St. Jean de Luz, of 800 tons, called the Michael dc Arhtega. ^ So named by Jonas Poole in 1612. Many rockes full of Fowle. Lisets Islands. WILLIAM BAFFIN. 49 The fifteenth day, about nine or tenne o'clock, we came to the shippes in Greene Harborough, where we found that they had killed eighteene whales in all. Foure of these ^^^I'es'' ships were French-men, which had killed eight whales for '""^• the Companie, according to the agreement which the general] had made with them ; which was, that they should kill eight for vs, and after, what they could kill should be for themselues. Our English men had killed three in this w'jmios place, and the Baskes in the Desire also three. The Desire uleKngLu. had taken in an hundred tunnes of oyle when wee came there, and she was to be laden so soone as she could. The seauenteenth day, also faire weather, the winde northward. This day, toward a west sunne, the master of the French shippe came from Sea-horse Bay, who went thither to speak with our generall; because Master Mason and Master Cooper had stayed his shallops from going to sea, in regard they would not obserue the orders which the generall had appointed them ; which were, that those whales which our Englishmen did chase, they should not follow ; nor our men should not follow the whales they chased. For the order of the Biscaines is, that whoso doth strike the first harping iron into him, it is his whale, if his iron hold. This euening, I say, he returned from Sea-horse Bay, hauing lost his labour; for the generall and Master Edge were in Bell-sound. We vnderstood by him, that they had killed some eight and thirtio whales in all ; SJfrty*"'^ and that there was one hundred and sixtie tunnes of oyle killed^ ready made. The fine and twentieth day in the morning, the Desire weighed anchor to go to the generall, and the master of the French ship also this morning went from thence to speake with the generall, because of a whale which was in strife betvveene his Biscaines and ours ; when, for pilfering, and for some peremptorie speeches, two of the Rochellers were ducked at our yard arine, the one on the one side, and the other on the other. This day I also ! H m 50 SKCOND RECORDED VOYAGE OF August 1. Latitude 77* 770 40'. ' * Variation, 13« U'. obserued the latitude of this place, and found it to be 40'. Also, the variation of the compasse is 13° 11' west. This variation was obserued the thii'd of August, in the morning ; the height of the sun above the horizon was 17° 24', and the declination was 14° 41' north in the lati- tude of 77° 40', and his magnetical azimuth was G3 from south to east. The ninth day we had sight of Master Bonners ship, wherein was Master Marmaduke,^ who had beene to the northward as farre as Faire-hauen ; and now, as he said, ne was bound to the southward, to discouer beyoL P ooke-out, hauing his direction from Master Edge, as i; - .1. Our generall told him that hee had hindered the voyage more by his absence then his dis- couarie v»ol 'rofi' • .nd that it were best that he went back with him to tUe . oi"^' ind, and that he would giue no licence to go now for discouerie, because the yeare was far spent J but bad him, according to his commission, so to proceede. The twelfth day I obserued, and found the latitude of this place, by an exact obseruation, to be in latitude 79'> 790 ^^> rpjjgy ^^ ^^^ Pooppy Bay had seen a ship of Eng- This was MaCudnors ship of 1 Fotherbv says that Thomas Marmaduke was Captain of the Vice- London. J J tr Admiral. He was a Hull man, and Jonas Poole mentions that in the previous year, 1G12, he had gone as far north as 82°, in a ship called the Hopewell. In 1611 he was in the Spitzbergen Sea, in command of a Hull vessel, and gave the shipwrecked crew of Poole's ship, the Eliza- beth, a passage home. Captain Markham (Northicard Ho! pp. 42, 43) thinks that there is a mistake with regard to Marinaduke having reached 82°; arising from his commanding the Hopewell, the same vessel in which Hudson, in ICOG, nearly reached that latitude. In 1617 Thomas Marmaduke of Hull presented a petition to King James. He represented tliat he could prove the shortest way to Cathay to be by the north-east, whicli for six months in the year is navigable, without impediment. He asked to be set out to make the passage at the king's charge, or for leave for himself and friends to undertake it. I cannot find what was the fate of this petition, or the subsequent his- tory of Marmaduke. WILLIAM BAFFIN. 51 Latitude 79- B'. land off Black-point, and had spoken with her, who told them that they were come from Kildeene. The foureteenth day, faire weather, the wind at north north-east. This day, about tenne a clocke in the fore- noone, we waied anchor to goe homeward, being sixe ships in company, viz., the Tigre admirall, the Gamaliel vice- admirall, the John and Frances, the Aunida, the ship of Burdeaux, which the generall agreed to fish in Greene- harborough, and the Biscay ship which fished in Sir Thomas Smith's Bay.i The fifteenth day very faire weather, all the forenoone almost calme; in the afternoone an easie gale at north- east. This day, about twelue a clocke at noone, wee were against Faire-Foreland, which is in the latitude of 79° 8'. This night was very cleere and faire weather, and also calme, by which meanes I had very good opportunitie to finde the sunnes refraction. For, beholding it about a north f,^"i^"°" north-east sunne, by the common compasse, at which time the sunne was at the lowest, it was but one fifth part of his body aboue the horizon, hauing about foure fifth parts below, so neere as I could gesse. His declination for that instant was 10° 35' north, being at noone in the 2° 7' of Virgo, his daily motion was 58', who ; halfe beeing nine- teen^ to bee added to the former, because it was at twelue houres afore noone. I say his place at that instant was 2° 26' of Virgo, whose declination was as before, 10° 35' ; the latitude of the place was 78° 47', whose complement was 11° 13', the declination being subtracted from the com- plement of the poles eleuation, leauoth 38', foure fine part of which 12'; which, being subtracted from 38, leaueth Note. 26' for the refraction. But I suppose the refraction is more or lesse according as the ay re is thicke or cleare, which I * The Matthew, Desire, and Richard and Barnard, had previously sailed for England on the 31st of July, and arrived safely at filackwall on the 23rd of August, well laden with oil and skins. '■^ Twenty-nine? e2 nm 52 SECOND RECORDED VOYAGE OP !■ 1 leauo for better schollers to discusse : but this I thought good to note, for the better helpe of such as doe professe this studie. The sixteenth day also very faire weather, and for the most part calme ; the winde that was, was at north-west. This morning we espied a ship out in the offen, ouer against Cold cape, which we stood with, and she also stood with vs ; and when we came to her, wee found her to bo the Desire, a shippe of Alborough. Our generall sent for the master and merchant aboord of vs, who certified him that they came from Killedeene, and that they had made but a bad voyage of fish j and they were come to see if we could fraight them home. The merchant was of London, Mr. Curiner ^hose name was Master Cudner: the masters name was of London. ' Fletcher, who also brought sixe men, which Thomas Bonner had left at Cherie Hand. These sixe men had killed but one morse all this yeere at the Hand ; who also told vs that William Gourdon was gone to the northwards. At noone, the three and twentieth day, I obserued the variation of the compasse, and found it to be 1° 5' east. The three and twentieth day faire weather, with a fine gale at north and by east, we stearing away south and by west halfe south, being at noone, by supposition, in the latitude of 69°, no minutes, hauing sailed, since yesterday noone, some thirty leagues south, true. The foure and twentieth day, very faire weather and cleere, the winde all the fore-noone northwards, but about noone it came to the south-east. This morning I obserued the middle starre in the great beares tayle, and found it to be in the latitude of 68° 24' about two a clocke, at which time that starre was on the meridian vnder the pole. Also I obserued the starre in the beares rump about one a clock, and found the like latitude. Also all this day we had sight or°Ro8ten^' of Rost Ilauds/ being about ten or eleuen leagues off vs. ^ Roost, the most southern of the liOfoden Islands. William Gourdon. Variation, 1»5'. WILLIAM BAFFIN. 58 Also at noone I obserued the latitude by the sunne, and found V8 to be in the latitude of 68°, no minutes, which did agree with the former obseruations by the starres. Also the variation of this place is 4° 8' east from the true meridian, wee hauing ranne, since yesterday noone, some two and twentie leagues south and by west. Almost all the afternoon it was almost calme. The fiue and twentieth day also very fairo weather, the winde this morning came to the east south-east a fine easie gale. We steered away south and by west half west ten leagues, being at noone in the latitude of 67° 5'. The variation of this place is 5° 3' east, neere to the set of our compasse. This euening the winde came to the south south-west, which continued about two watches. The nine and twentieth day faire weather, with a good gale of winde at north north-east. From two this last night to sixe we stood away south-west and by south ; and at sixe we steered away south south-tvest, being at noone, by obseruation, in 62°, no minutes. The land about Scoutes- nesse lyeth in this sort : from sixtie three toward sixtie two, it is nineteen leagues south south-west halfe westward j from thence ten leagues south and by west, which is two or three Hands, which are the westwardest land in Norway, lying in the latitude of 62° 44'. But whether these Islands, or a point of land which lyeth about three or foure leagues more to the north, be called Scoutesnesse, I know not. The sixt of September we entered the Thames. 68» no min. Variation, 6" 3' Kast. I". Variation, 6" 3' Kost. The lyinR of the land about Scouts- nesse. SECOND RECORDED VOYAGE Of WILLIAM BAFFIN. II. Another account, probably written by ROBERT FOTHERBY.» A Short Discourse of a Voyage made in the Yeare of Our Lord 1613, to the Late Discouercd Countiye of Greenland; and a Briefe Discription of the same Countrie, and the Comodities ther raised to the Adventurers. n In the month of May 1613, seaven good ships bound for Greenland,^ were sett forth from the port of London, beeing furnished with victualls and other prouision neces- sarie for the killing of the whale, and twenty-four Basks, who ar men best experienced in that facultie, at the chardgo and aduenture of the right worshipfuU Sir Thomas Smith, knight, and of the rest of the companie of merchants tradeing into Moscouia, called the Merchants of Newe Trades and Discoveries. 1 The manuscript of this journal was formerly in possession of Deacon James Green, a merchant of Boston, who died about the beginning of the present century. His daughter, Mrs, Nabby Richmond, gave it to Benjamin R. Howland in 1808. From him it passed to the Honourable John Howland, the late President of the Rhode Island Historical Society, who transferred it to the American Antiquarian Society in 1814. The manuscript is a folio, with wide margins, neatly written and illustrated with a map of Spitzbergen (mutilated), and sketches in water-colour. The leaves are stitched into a thick parchment cover. It was first printed in the Transactions and Collections of the American Antiquarian Society (1860), vol. iv, p. 285, and edited by Mr. Samuel F. Haven, who gives reasons for the belief that Robert Fotherby was the author. ^ Spitzbergen. WILLIAM BAFFIN. 55 In this fleet, Mr. Beniamin Joseph, of London, was chiefo captaine and cornmissionor, a man very sufficient and worthy of his place. A shippe called the Tirjcr, of burthen 200 tonnes, was admirall ; the Mnthew, of 250 tonnes, vice admirall j and the Gamaliel, of 200 tonnes, rere admirall ; the fourth, the John and Francis, of 180 tonnes; the sixth, the Annla, of 140 tonnes j and the seuenth, the Richard and Barnard, a piniace of GO tonnes, intended for further dis*- couerye. Wee came to Graucsend the 30th of April, where we staied but one tide, and then weyed anchor about 6 a'clock at the euening, and plied to Tilberry Hope, remaininp^ there all night. The next niorneing, beeing the first of Maye, wee anchored againe in Lee lloade, where wo continued till the -Ith of Maye, the wind keeping contrario to us, blew betwixt north and north-east. The 4th dale, about 3 a'clock afternoone, wee entered into the swaile at Quinborowc,^ and rid at anchor there till the 13th of Maye. In which time, namelie, on the 7th of Mayo, the kings ships came by us on their retourno out of Holland, from transporting the Count Palatine, and the Ladie Elizabeth, the kings onely daughter. Before they came neere us wee caused our flaggs to be furl'd up, and when they passed by us, our admirall shott off 7 peeces of ordnance, our vice admirall 5, and our rere admirall 3 ; and the rest of our fleet, ech of them, one. The Great Admirall of England, called the Prince, gaue us 3 peeces, and the rest of the kings ships each of them one.^ The 13th of Maye, about 9 a clock in the morneing, * Qucenboroiigl). 2 The Princess Elizabeth, who was destined to experience so much misfortune, was married to the Count Pahitine, Frederic V, on St. Valentine's Day, with an expense and magnificence before unknown in England. They were conveyed to Flanders in great state by the Lord Admiral, the Earl of Nottingham, with eight of the king's ships, besides transports for baggage. 4 TTT" ill Our (lopar. turn from KiiKland, Wee ariued on the coatitof Greenland. fi 56 SECOND RKCOKUKU VOYAGE OF WOO came fortlio of the Swailo, and passed by the Sandes called the Spitts^ holdeing our courso north-e'\st and north north-east. The 14th daie, about noone, wee lost sight of the Cro- mershield, which is a cape on the coast of Norfoike, and was the iHst land of England that we sawe, being outward bound. Then wee stear'd awaiu north, inaintaineing that course till the 22nd of Maye. On the 21st daie wee had lost sight of land againe upon the coast of Norwaye, before wee came to the bay of Rosse, beareing from us east and by north, and distant about nine leagues, in the latitude of 61° 20', found by obseruation. Then, on the 22nd wee directed our course more easterlie, as north-and-by-eust, and north north-east. The 24th, wee were in the latitude of 67° 36', while the sunne was in the horison, at the time of midnight, and after that time wee had continuall dailight dureing our voyage ; till, in our retourne homeward, wee had the sunne againe in the circle of the horison, when he came to the north of our meridian, in the latitude of 75°, on the 2nd of August. The 30th of Maye, about 4 a clock in the morneing, wee descried our wisht-for coast of Greenland,^ being all our ships in company ; and wee had bene but 1 7 daies at sea, viz., from the 13th till the 30th of Maye, haueing sailed, according to the difference of latitude and longitude, by an arch of a great circle 500 leagues, and according to the ship's way, by our account on dead reckoning, 514 leagues. Then we plied nearer to the shoare, and discerned the mountains to be couered with snowe; notwithstanding, wee had no trouble with ice all this while, as wee expected; for it was almost all voided er wee came ther. Nowe wee coasted along towards Sr. Thomas Smyth's Baye, passing ' Spitzbergen. SM -1:11 ----■«!mi WILLIAM IIAFFIN. 67 on the wesf, side of Prince Charles his Hand, by reason of a barro that is betwixt the iland and the maine continent of the land, which hinders us to passe with our ships that waio. The Ist of June, wee were becalm'd on the south-west side of the iland, about fine leagues from the shoare, where I obserued the north sunne, at the time of midnight, to bo 11° 15' high; sp, concludeing the latitude in that place to be 78' 5' (the sunre's declination for that daie being 23° 10'). The 2nd of June, haueing gotten a little more northward, and beeing on the best side of the iland, againe becalm'd, about three leagues distant from the shoare, I and Joh. Wil- mote, one of the master's mates, with G more of our sailors, went ashore in a Biska shallop, purpo oing to kill some deare and some wild fowlo ; and to that end wee took with us such dogs as wee had in our ship,^ viz., a grewhownd, a mastiffe, and a water spaniell, and two fowleing-pieces, with shott and powder. We landed upon a hard shingle, comeing close to the shore with our boat, there being no ice to keep us off; notwithstanding, upon fiue or six rocks, near the shore side, there laie a great quantitie of ice, which couered them in such sorte, that the hollowness or distances be- twixt one rock and another, appeared under the ice like vaulted caues. After that wee were landed upon the shingle, the ice or congealed snowe was so high upon the shoare, that it withstood vs like a strong wall, to pass anie further ; wherefore wee wer faine one to help up another, it beeing mor than a man's height in thickness, and haueing manie long isicles hanging in diuers places. When wee were up, and had gone about two roods, wee might perceaue that wee were upon the ground or sand ; yett could not see it by reason of the snowe. Then wee 1 The Mathew. \i 58 SECOND RECORDED VOTAOE OF did look about if we could see any deere ; and presentlie espied one buck, whereupon we dispersed oarselues seuerall waies, to gett betwixt him and the monntaines, slipping sometimes to the mid leg into the snowe, which, for the most part, did beare vs above. In our waie wee went ouer two or three bare spots that were full of flatt stones, whereon ther grew a certaine white mosse, which, it seems, the deare doe feed upon at the first beginning of their somer ; for theise spotts were full of their ordure; and besides, wee then sawe not any other thing for them to line on. Before that wee came near the buck which wee first espied, wee sawe four more not farre from him, and two in another place, and therefore we hounded at the fairest heard; but then they came all one waie together, and (avoideing all circumstances) we kill'd three of them, being all bucks, which we found then to be but pore rascals, yet verie good meat, as we presentlie made tryall and tasted. For, finding ther (as ther is in all places of the countreye) great store of drift wood, which the sea bestowes on the barren land, and being also well prouided of hunter's sauce, wee made a fier and broiled some of our venison, and did eat thereof with very good appetites ; much like to that in Virgil, of ^neas and his companions : — " Ac primum silici scintillam exaudit Achates^ Susceptiq. ignem lignin^ Pars in frusta secant verubtisque^ trementia figiiut In Turn victu reuocamus vires." Beeing thus well refreshed, wee were willing to have killed more venison, because wee needed not to use much labour in hunteing for our game; for the deare that had latelie escaped us were not gon farre from us. But the * Master's mate. 3 *' Folia enim nulla caduut ubi est ncq flos nee arbos.' 3 Wooden spit. % WILLIAM BAFFIN. 59 r ;1 aire began to be so thicke and foggie, that wee aduised better to goe presentlie a-board with that which wee had alreadie gotten, least that the fog, increasing, might haue made vs lose sight of our ship ; therefore wee made speedie waie towards her, and came aboord about 11 o'clock, before the time of midnight. Then wee continued still becalm'd till the next morning, and then were so befriended with a fresh gale of winde that wee sailed to the north end of the iland with a flowen sheat ; and makeing manie boards, wee plied into Sir Tho. Smyth's Baye, where we anchored about 8 a clock that euening. When we came to an anchor, then the Basks, our whale ^ee har- ' ' boured in strikers, went presentlie back againe to the Foreland' with f^yths" their shallops, ther to attend the coming-in of the whales ; ^*^*' and when our men had taken some rest, they carried ashoare our coppers cask, and other prouisions for makeing of oile, and prepared all things ready for use as speedilie as we could. For newes was brought us in the morneing, that the Basks had kil'd a whale ; therefore we hasted to sett up our fournaces and coppers, and presentlie began work, which we continued (God be thanked) without any want of whales, till our voyage was made ; not receaueing anie intermission of rest, but onlie on the Saboth daie. For when some slept, others wrought ; and haueing a con- tinual daie, wee alowed no time of night for all men to sleepe at once, but maintained work from Sundaie about 5 a clock afternoone, till Saturdaie at 12 o'clock, in time of midnight, dureing which time cur men receaued no other recreation from work and sleep, but onlie the time of eateing their meat, whereof they had suflBcient, thrice in every twenty-four howers ; and besides, some of them had alowed aquauitae at ech four bower's end. The next daie after that we came into harbour, word was brought our general from Green Harbour (a place where 1 The northern extremity of I'rince Charles's Island. ^1 60 SECOND RECORDED VOYAQE OF three ships of our fleet put in to make this voyage) that fiue ships, French and Spanish, wer come into Ice Sound, and intended there to fish for the whale ; upon which occa- sion the Tiger, our admirall, weyed anchor the 5th of June, and being well man'd with sixty suflBcient men, went out of harbour from us towards Ice Sound, where, when he came, he found the aforesaid ships, according to the in- formation, and anchored close by them. Then he hailed the captains and masters of theise ships to come presentlie aboord him, which they performeing accordinglie, he shewed them the King's Majesties patent, graunted to the Merchants of Newe Trades and Discoueries, and therwithall his coraission, forbidding them, by the authoritie thereof, to make anie longer aboad ther, or in anie parte of the countrey, at their perills. Wbereupon they, not knowing how to remedie themselues, did all promise to departe, desireing a note from our general, wherby they might certefie their setters-forth, that thev had bene in the coun- trye, except one ship of Burdeux, called the Jaques, wherof was Maister Peirce de Siluator, who was permitted to staie, upon condition that he should first kill 8 whales for us, and then to kill more what he could for himself, and by this conclusion he made a good voyage; for he kil'd 12 whales in all, wherof we had eight, and he had 4. Then did our admirall continue as a wafter alongst the coast till the 27th of June, and then he came to us againe into Sir Thomas Smyth's Baye. In which time of his absence he had mett with 17 ships, viz., 4 of Holland, 2 of Dunkirk, 4 of St. John de Luz, and 7 of San Sebas- tian's. The commanders of all those ships had sub- mitted to our general ; and were content either to departe out of the country, or els to staie upon such condicons as he propounded unto them. On the 8th of June, about 11a clock, before the time of midnight, Mr. Marmaduke, who was cuptaine of our vice WILLIAM BAFFIN. 61 admiral], and I, with 6 or 7 sailors, went in a shallop to the beach at the barre, marked with a'/ to cause our men gather drift wood together, and laie it readie at the waters side, to lade a small Flemish flie boat, that was to come hither to fetch it. Upon this beach, wee saw lieing ther, by our estimacion, neare 300 morses, at the verie point or end of it ; but wee could not go too near them, for disturbing them. When the flie boat came to take in the wood, Mr. Marmaduke and I came awaie in the shallop; and haueing present occasion to use a peece of straight timber about our crane, before the flie boat could be loaded, wee caused the men that rowed the shallop to towe a tree after them. Nowe, when wee had put oflf a little from the shoare, there came flue or six morses swim- ming hard by us and about us ; some of them coming so near the sterne of the bote that we called for our launces, purposeing to strike them. They would, diners times, laie their teeth upon the tree which we towed (as it were scratching the wood with their teeth), but wee still rowed awaie, and at length they left us. Then we passed through a great deale of small ice, and sawe, upon some peices, two morses, and upon some, one ; and also diners scales, layeing upon peices of ice. The 19th of June wee Tiad a verie great storme, the winde ^rbour° *° beeing at south south-west, which was like to haue driuen our ships upon the shoare ; and haueing three dead whales floating at the sternes of our ships, wee were glad to cut the hawsers that they were tyed in, and to lett them driue a shoare; because we feared that otherwise they would haue caused our ships either to break their cables, or to haile home their anchors, and to be driuen upon the shoare. When the storm ceast, haueing continued about 6 howers, the water fell from the shoare, and wee saw two of the whales lie c^st upon the shoare, and the water fain from > The bar may be see on the map, but tbe '' a" is wanting. 62 SECOND RECORDED VOYAGE OF ' ir 'I m them againe. The third whale was driuen farther oflF, but wee found him againe cast upon the shoare, hauing lost all his finnes^ out of his mouth. Ther was also, at the same time, 5 whale's heads driuen ashoare, with tonngs and finnes in them, wherby some labour was saued, which should otherwise haue been bestowed about hailing them ashoare, for the cutting out of the fins. The 21st of June, there came a white beare down from the mountaines, and took into Fresh-water Baye, which is the water you see marked with e, within Sr. Thomas Smith's Baye,^ and Thomas Wilkinson, one of the master's mates in the Matthew, vice-admirall, went forth in a shallop, and shott him with a peece as he was swimming, and kil'd him, and brought him to the shoare. In this harbour ther haue been killed mor whales than in anie other, but verie fewe deare ; notwithstanding ther haue been slaine in this country, this voyage, about four hundred deare. Wee kil'd very few morses, by reason the whales came so fast, that wee could not have a fitt oppor- tunitie to goe about that buisines ; although ther was said to be at one time about 500 morses upon the beach before mencioned ; to which place wee went, prepared for their slaughter, the sixt of Julie, and found ther but about 40, wherof wee killed 32, and wee took their hides, their fat, and their teeth. We killed also good store of wild fowle, as wild geese, culuerdumes, willocks, and such like, and some white land partridges. Wee caught manie young foxes, which wee made as tame and familiar as spaniell-whelpes. I brought one of them out of the country, till we came to the coast of England, and ther he died. ^ Whale-bone they called whale's fios. ^ The position here referred to, belonged to a part of the map that was mutilated ; and, although the outline has been restored, the locality above-mentioned cannot be precisely indicated. jjsaaamasamas y-gggiji, mmmmm msm I WILLIAM BAFFIN. 63 We wayed Oa the 24th of June, the Maihew began to take in hir ladeing, and was fully freighted the 6th of July with 184 tonnes of oyle, and 5,000 finnes, which wer in 100 bundles, each containeing 50. On the 8 th of July the Matheiu, and the Richard and aiK!iro""^out Barnard (which was laded with oile and finnes), weighed sm. iJaye.' anchor forth of Sir Thomas Smyth's Baye, with purpose to come presentlie for England ; and the Tiger, our admirall, came also forth with us to waft us alongst the coast of Greenland.^ But, putting into Bel Sound the 11th of July, expecting to find some strangers there, wee espied accord- inglie 5 ships at anchor on the west side of Joseph's Baye. One of them seemed unto us to be a verie great ship, as indeed she was ; and other two of them seemed also to be good stowt ships. And therefore wee, supposing them to be such as would withstand vs, resolued to feight with them, and made spedie preparation accordinglie, hanging our waist-cloths and clearing our decks, that the ordnance might have room to plaie; and made readie all our munition, ech one addressing himself with a forward resolucion to perform a man's parte so well as he could. This was about 9 o'clock, before the time of midnight, the sunne shining very bright, and the aire being very cleare, and so calme that wee caused ye saylers with boats and shallops to rowe ahead of our ships, and towe them into the hai'bour. When wee came neare them, the captain of the great ship, whose name was Michael de Aristega (his ship being of St. John de Luz, of burthen 800 tonnes), came in a shallop abord our admirall, submitting himself and his goods unto our generall, and tould him that ther were two ships of the Hollanders, who had insulted over him, and would not suffer him to fish for the whale but upon such condicons as they propounded unto him, namely, that the Hollanders, hauing but 3 shal- ^ By Greenland, in this uarrativo, is always meant Spitsbergen. 64 SECOND EECORDED VOYAGE OF 11 I! 'I 1 1 1 1 Wee an- chored Bgaine in Joseph's Baye. 'i lops, and he 7 furnished with whale strikers, they should all joine together ; and the Hollanders not onlie to haue the one-half of all the whales that should be kil'd, but also to haue the first whale that was stricken wholie to themselves, ouer and besides the half of the rest. And he further tould the general that the Hollanders would haue persuaded him to combine with them against us, and to beate us out of the countrye. Then the generall willed him to goe aboard againe of his own ship, and keepe his men in quietnes, and he would deale well enough with the Hollanders. So, passing further on, they were knowen to be 2 ships of Amsterdam, which our admirall had formelie mett withall, and dischardged to staie in ye country. Then, comeing by close to them, our admirall anchored on one side of them and our vice-admirall on the other ; but they, as men unwilling to be depriued of the ritches they had gotten, allthough unable by force to hold them, kept out their flags — the one in the maine-top, and the other in the fore-top, as admirall and vice-admirall. Then our generall comanded the maisters to come aboard his ship, which they, doeing, he chardged them with the breach of their promise for- merlie made unto him — viz., that they would departe out of the country. Then, after some other speeches, he, not finding them willing to resigne the goods they had gotten — as whale oil and finnes — tould them that they must not think to Carrie anie of it awaie, seeing that they did so sleightlie esteeme the King's ma'ties grant formerlie shewed them ; therefore, he bad them go againe to their owne ships, and they should have half an bower's space to consider and aduise with themselues what to doe ; and if they thought fitt to give him further answer before the glasse were runne out, then good it were ; otherwise, if they would not then yield their goods, he would feight with them for them. So ech of them went aboard his own ship, and, without anie long deliberation caused their flags to be taken in ; and WILLUM BAFFIN. 65 retourniug to our generally yeilded their goods to our disposing. Nowe, although it was intended that our two laded ships should go presentlie for England notwith- standing, it was thought fitting not to leave our admirall alone amongst his oflFended neighbours ; and, therefore, wee staied till the two Hollanders were gon, who (being dis- possessed of some oile and finnes they had alreadie stowed in their ships, and also of some dead whales that were floateing at their ship's side) went forth of harbour, one of them the J 5th, and the other the 18th of July. The great ship of St. John de Luz staied still, the cap- taine of hir being content that his men should hould on their work, and his whale-strikers to continue fishing, upon coudicon granted that he should onelie haue one-half the oile he should make. There were also in the same har- bour 2 small ships, the one of Biska, and the other a Flemish flie boat ; besides another little pinace of St. John de Luz which was on the east side of the iland, within L. Eiesmere Baye, marked with b. On the 23rd of July, about 9 o'clock in the euening, wee sent forth two shallops with men, to goe kill some venison, who retoumed againe with 1 7 bucks and does slaine ; yet had they no dog with them, onelie peeces ; and they brought also aboard the skinne of a white bear, which they hadkil'd. The 2oth July, the Desire came to us in to Joseph's Bay, out of Green Harbour, and tooke in thirty tonnes of blubber, to make up hir full ladeing ; for shee was to come with us, one of the first, for England. The 29th of July wee had some trouble with great ice ; wee were ,, . , -ii-iii'i troubled the waters being verie rough, and the winde bloweing hard with ice. at east south east, which brought some ilands of ice towards our ships, wherof some fell 'thwart our hauses, so that wee were faine, with pikes and oares, to keepe it cleare of our SECOND RECORDED VOYAGE OF" ships ; and also glad to lett fall our slieat-anchor, to keep us from being driuen upon the lee shoare. In this harbour, ther was killed a great store of veni- son, 3 or 4 white beares, and some sea morses, which the Hollanders had slaine and flayed before wee came thither; for ther laie their bodies, without either fatt, skinnes, or teeth. One thing more I obserued in this harbour, which I haue thought good also to sett down. Purposeing, on a time, to walk towards the mountaines, I, and two more of my com- panie, ascended up a long plaine hill, as wee supposed it to be ; but hauing gon a while upon it, wee perceued it to be ice. Notwithstanding, we proceeded higher up, about the length of half a mile, and as we went, sawe manie deepe rifts or gutters on the land of ice, which were crackt downe thorowe to the ground, or, at the least, an exceeding great depth ; as we might well perceiue by heareing the snowe water run below e, as it does oftentimes, in a brook whose current is somewhat opposed with little stones. But for better satisfacon, I brake down some peeces of ice with a staffe I had in my hand, which, in their falling made a noise on ech side, much like to a peice of glasse throwen downe the well within Doner Castle, wherby wee did aestimate the thicknes or height of this ice to be thirty fathomes. This huge ice, in my opinion, is nothing but snowe, which from time to time has, for the most parte, bene driuen of the mountaines ; and so continueing and increasing all the time of winter (which may be counted three quarters of the yeare), cannot possiblie be consumed with the thawe of so short a somer, but is onelie a little dissolued to moisture, wherby it becomes more compact, and with the quick succeeding frost is congealed to a firme ice. And thus it is like still to encroase, as (I think) it hath done since the world's creation. On Saturday, the 31st of Julye, about 5 o'clock in the WILLIAM BAFFIN. e7 afternoone, wee weyed anchor out of Joseph's Buy to come f)ij:V'*"." for England, namelie, the Matthew, the Desire, and die '"'"'• Richard and Barnard; leaning ther our admirall the Tujer, and the great ship of St. John de Luz. At 9 o'clock that euening wee weave at sea, about 6 leagues from the laud, and then directed our course for Cherrie Hand, south and by east. The next daie, being the 1st of August, about 8 a clock before noone, there came a shallop aboard the Desire, with 11 Dutchmen that belonged to one of the Hollander's ships that we had latelie sent forth of Bui Sound. The reason of their so comeing was this : sixe of these men had gon ashoare from their ship to kill some venison, and landeing at the time of a high water, they made fast their shallop, and so left her, safe enough, as they supposed, and went up into the land j but when the water fell againe, the shallop was splitt upon a rock, and by that meanes they were forced to staie ther; nowe, they that were in the ship, considering that their fellowes staied verie long, began to doubt of some unwelcome euent, that hindered their retourne; and therfore they sent 5 men more, in another shallop, to knowe the cause of their so long absence. When these men last sent forth came ashoare, they found the other men, who tould them the occasion of their staie. Then went they all aboard the shallop, and rowed towards their ship; but the aire was growen to be verie mistie, and such a thick fog increased, that they could not by anie meanes find their ship, wherfore they were faine to row to the shoare againe. Then followed stormie weather, the winde bloweing of the shoare, which caused the ship to haile further of to sea ; so that when the aire was cleeare. notwithstanding, they could not see her ; wherby they were much discouraged, being in a place that could yeild them but little comforte. And there they contynued 8 daies, in which time they lieued with the flesh of 2 bucks and a beare, which they had f2 68 SECOND RKOOBDED VOYAGE OF killed, being eleuen men; and mor they could not kill, because their powder was spent. Then seeing our ships come by, they rowed fast and came aboard of us ; and so wee brought them into England, wher they had some monie alowed them for their work at sea, by the Company of Moscouy Merchants, although (God bo praised) wee neuer stood any need of tlieir helpe; and so they were free to departe homeward, when they could gett shipping. On the 3rd of August wee were about 10 leagues distant from Cherry Hand, but could not see it by reason of ill weat aer j the winde being contrarie, not suffering us to touch thor, as wee intended ; therfore wee steered awaie, south-and-by-west and south south-west, for England. After this daie the sunne began to sett, and to bo de- pressed under the horizon at midnight ; the nights began to lengthen, and starres to beare vewe. On the 16th of August, Mr. Greene, one of the master's mates, died in the Matthewe, about 10 a clock before noone ; and, about 4 a clock in the afternoone he was cast ouerboard, and a peice of ordnance shott of. weoarrived The 18th of August, about 5 aclock in the momeing, wee fell in with the coast of England, and descried land about HuntcliflF Foot, which is northward from Scarborough, on the coast of Yeorkshire, and was the first land that wee sawe after wee lost sight of Greenland. The next daie, about 3 a clock afternoone, wee anchored in Winterton Roade, which is six miles from Yarmouth. Riichored in Then I caused the shallop to be taken out, and 6 sailors Road. to gett me ashoare, within 2 miles of Yarmouth, wher I lodged that night ; and having prouided a horse, I rid out of the towne the next morneing at 9 o'clock, being Friday, and came to London at 3 a clock afternoone, on Saturday, not haueing receaued anie sleepe at all betwixt Yarmouth and London. Our ships came up to Blackwall on the Tuesday next after; and, so soone as they had deliuered (iTi the Coast of li^ngland Wo ^^»5s^^tf WILLIAM BAFFIN. 69 their goods, the other 4 ships of our fleet came also safe home with their ladeings ; and thus, by the meroie of God, we ended our voyage with good successe. To God, ther- fore, be praise and glory for euer. Amen. A Briefe Description of the Country of Greenland, otherwise called King James his New Land. Greenland is a countrie beareing from England north- ward, nearest upon the pointe of the compasse north-and- by-east. The south-most parte of it is distant from the Arcticque Circle 10° northwards namelie, in the latitude of 76° 30'. This country hath bene discouered by the English almost to the parallel of 83°, which is but 7° eleuation distant from the North Pole, and therefore but 140 leagues from that point, upon the superficies of the earth or water (whither it be), where the Pole shal be our zenith, and the sequinoctiall our horizon. In the latitude of 76° (which wee made the greatest parte of our voyage this yeare), the sunne, when he entereth into the 1° of Cancer, makeing the longest dale and shortest night to all places betweene the Equator and the Polar Circle, is in his meridinal altitude, or greatest distance from the horizon, 34° 30' high ; and at the time of his comeing to the north, is still apparent aboue the horizon 12° 30'. The compasse varieth on this place, from the true meri- «!^Tom" "' dian, or line of north and south, neare 20°, the north end ^^"^ of the needle inclineing so much towards the west. The nature and condicon of this country of Greenland is verie much different from the name it hath j for I think ther is no place in the world, yett known and discouered, is lesse green than it. For when wee first arriued ther, which was on the 30th of Maye, the ground was all couered with snowe, both the mountaines and the lowe lands, saue onelie some few spotts that were full of flatt stones, whejoa I i 70 8KC0ND RECORDED VOYAflR OV ti IIP I thor grewe a cerfcaine white tnosso whicli, it scorns, the deere doo feed upon at the first beginning of their sommer ; for theiso bure spotts wer verie full of their ordure; and besides, wee could not see anie other thing for them to feed upon. The thawe began this yeare about the 10th of June, at which time there began to spring up, in some places where the snow was melted, a certaine stragling grasse, with a blewish flower, much like to young heath or ling, which grows upon moreish grounds in the north parts of England. And this is that wher with all the dcare, in a short time, become exceeding fatt ; but how they Hue in the time of extreame winter, when al is couered with snowe, I cannot imagine. Yet the meancs of their preseruacon is not more strange to man's capacitie than is their creation ; and ther- fore we must knowe that He who made the creature, hath also ordained that he shal be fed; although, to our under- standings, ther is not any food to sustaine them. In the moneths of June, Julye, and the beginning of August, ther is often times warme and pleasant weather; but, in the other moneths, certaiulie uery uncomfortable. For the temperature of the winter time maie be iudged, by the qualitie of the place, to be extreame could, especiallie dureing that time wherein the sunne ahal be altogether depressed under the horizon, which, in the former latitude of 79°, continues from the 11th of October till the 10th of Februarye, and contrarilie it is eleuated altogether aboue the horizon from the 9th of April till the 14th of Anyiis) the rest of the time is an intercourse of long daie a .ort night, and contrarilie of short dales and long nighth. The country afoardeth great plentie of fresh water in all places, which proceeds from the snowe, and therfore there can be no want thereof at anie time, for ther is alwaies snowe, and (I think) euer hath bene since snowe first fell upon the earth. Besides, I found ther, within Sr. Thomas WILLIAM DAFriN. 71 f Smyth's Bayo, a very pleasant spring, noare the water side, boiling (as it were) and workoing up sand, euen as our springs doe in England ; being as pleasant water as auie I euer tasted in England. The coiTiodities of the countrie, hitherto knowen, are chieflie wlmlos and sea morses. The whale yeilds oyl and finnes ; and the morse yeilds oyl, hydes, and tooth of good valewe, whereof he hath but two, and they growe in his uppermost jawe. Ther be also white whalos and seales, which were thought not to bo worthy of time and labor to kill them, seeing that weo wer imploiod about the aboue mentioned comodities. Wee sawo very fewe fishes ther, or rather none at all ; saue onelie one cod, which was caught with a baited hook in Green Harbour. But the Basks, our whale strikers, doe saie that they haue sundrie times seene good store of salmon. Upon this land ther be manie white beares, graie foxes, and groat plentie of deare ; and also white partridges, and great store of white fowle, as cueluerduns, wilde geese, sea pigeons, sea parots, willocks, stint, guls, and diuers others, wherof some are unworthy of nameing as tasteing. The land also doth yeild much drift wood, whales finnes, morses teeth, and some times unicorn homes, which are supposed to be leather of some sea creature, than of anie land beast. And theise things the sea casteth forth vpon the shoare, to supplie the barrenes of the fruitles land, which, by the Diuine Prouidence, hath sufiicient to maintaine these un- reasonable creatures which ther wee found, but by all like- lihood was never yet inhabited by anie natiues that beare the shape of man, the country being altogether destitute of necessaries, wherewithall a man might be preserued in the time of winter. I haue thought good but to sett downe what was written concerning this country by one of Amsterdam, that was this yeare in Greenland (with whom I thus sometimes conuersed) i Il' ! 72 SECOND RECORDED VOYAGE OF as it is sett forth in printe by some of HollantI, and (with other things concerning this present voyage) is inserted in a late edition of Hudson's Discoueries : — " HaBC pessima et frigidissimaestregio mundi, undique rupes, montes, lapides ; tanta ibi aquar :m terram inundantium copia, ut vestigia hominum non admittat ; maxima glaciei ibi copia, tantaque montiura glaciaiiura multitudo, ut ab ipsa natiuitate Christi, concrenisse videantur; tanta enim niuium abundantia, ut fidem siiperet. Ceruis abundat et vrsis, et vulpibus; cerui planfe sunt a'bi colovls. Admiror tantos ceruoi'ura greges, vnde viuant, cum regio niuibus tegatur, et plan^ sit sterilis. Auibus luxuriat, maxime annseribus minoribus qui turma- tim conueniunt."^ The manner of killing the whale, and of the whole proceedings for performing of the voyage. The whale is a fish, or sea beast, of a huge bignesse, about 60 feet long, and 18 feet thick. His head seems to be one-third parte of his whole qnantitie. His finnes (which wee call whale bone in England) doe growe, and are wholie included within his spacious mouth, being fastened, and, as it were, rooted in hia uppermost jawe, spreading on both sides of his toung, in nomber more than 260 on one, side, and as manie on the other side. The * The following note in by Mr. Haven, the American editor : — " The title of the book here referred to is ' Descriptio ac Delineatio geographica Detectionis Freti, sive Transitus ad Occasum, supra Terras Americanas, in Chinam et Japonem'. Amst., 1G13, 4to. In it the above passage occurs as a quotation, in italics, preceded by the following remark : * Hsec vera esse, fidem faciunt testes oculati reduces, etiam literee Navarchi Thomae Bonaert et Semmij, cujus ha5c verba, sub fiueni, in Uteris ad patrem de qualitate hujus regionis.' " This Thomas Bonaert may be no other than Thomas Bonner, who commanded a Dutch ship at Spitzbergen, v ;ich was capturtd by the Enrlieh, and sent northward for discovery under Master Marmaduke. y," Baffin's Narrative" in Pnrchas, vol. iii, pp. 717, 719). WILLIAM BAFFIN. 73 lonpfest jSnnes are placed in the raidest of his mouth/ and the rest doe orderlie shoi'ten, more and more, both back- wards and forwards, from 12 feet to less than 3 ynchea in length. His eies are not much bigger then the eyes of an oxe, and his bodie in fashion round, with a very broad spreading taile, which is of a rough and solid sub- stance, and therefore it is used for to make chopping blocks, to chop the whales fatt upon (which we call blubber) ; and of other like matter, are also his two swimming finnes, which serue, at some times, for the same use. The whale comes often aboue water, and will comonlie spowte 8 or 9 times before he goe under againe, by which spowteing of water wee maie discerne him when he is 2 or 3 leagues distant from us. When he entres into the sounds, our whal killers doe presentlie sallie forth to meet him, either from our ships, or els from some other place more conuenient for that purpose, where to expect him, makeing very speedie waie towards him with their shallops. But, most comonlie, before they come near him, he will be gon downe under water, and continue, perhaps, a good while er he rise againe; so that some times they rowe past him, and therfore are they alwaies very circumspect, ^ The description given by Purchas begins as follows : " The whale ia a fish ov sea-beast of a huge bignesse — about sixty-fiue feet long and thirty-fiue feet thicke. H's head ia a third part of all his bodie's quantitie ; his spacious mouth contayning a very great tongue and all his finnes, which we call whale finnes. These finnes are fastened or rooted in his upper chap, and spread over his tongue on both sides of his mouth ; being in number about two hundred and fifty on one side, and as many on the other side. The largest finnes are placed in the midst of his mouth", etc, Mr. Haven, the American editor, observes ; — " The above extract will sufiice to show the resemblance between the description of Purchas relating to this subject and those of this narrative. The inference appears to be a reasonable one, that, if Fotherby was the author of the notes used by Pui'chas in compiling his account, he was also the author of this narrative, as the similarity of it, in the two, is too great to bo accidental. Purchas has not improved the accuracy of the statement by altering the figures. . .o..,\^^^ IMAGE EVALUATION TEST TARGET (MT-3) 1.0 I.I 2.5 12.2 2.0 1.8 1.25 II U J4 ^ 6" - ► V] <^ *^ .x"" 7. Photographic Sciences Corporation 33 WEST MAIN STREET WEBSTER, N.Y. 14580 (716) 872-4503 \ 40^ \\ o^ >.v^. I 1 I rotn-ned toward our Bbip. Point Wol come. The King's nrmes are Bet yp againe at Point Wel- come. I went into Redcliffe Sound. 98 THE THIRD BSCOBDED VOTAOE OF hauing been eighteene houres amongst the ice, during all which time the snow fell, and as yet ceased not. When we had been here about an houre it began to cleere vp, and the wind to blow hard at east, which rather packt the ice close together in this place then disperst it, so that I was now out of hope to get any than I had done alreadie ; wherefore I returned toward our ship, intending as I went to make a more particular discouery of Broad-bay and Sed-clifie Sound, hoping that one place or other would afford some thing worthy of the time and labour. When we were come to the west side of Red-beach it began to blow much wind, where withall the sea growing to be great, all men aduised to passe ouer Broad-bay, whilst the winde and weather would serue vs to sayle, for they said it was like to be very foule weather: so seeing that it was no conuenient time for coasting, we came ouer the bay to Point Welcome (which I so named because it is a place where wee oftentimes rested when wee went forth in our shallops), it is about foure leagues distant from the north end of Red-beach. At this point the Hollanders had set vp Prince Maurice his armes, neere vnto a crosse which I had caused to bee set vp aboue a month before, and had nayled a six pence thereon with the Kings armes, but the men that were with me went (without any such direction from mee) and pulled downe the said Princes armes, whilst I was gone vp a mountayne to looke into the sea, if I could see any ice ; aT.d when I came downe againe they told me that the sixe pence was taken from the crosse I had set vp, and there was another post set by it, with the Hollanders armes made fast thereon, which they had pulled downe j so, because the sixe pence was taken away, I caused one to nayle the Kings armes, cast in lead, vpon the crosse ; which, being done, we rowed to the bottome of Red-cliffe Sound, and as we coasted along the shoare, we searched two little beaches v< m WILLIAM BAFFIN. 99 which had some wood on them, but nothing we found of better value. About two leagues within the sound, on the east side, there is an harbour, where shippes may ride in good ground land-lockt ; but if other yeeres be like this, I can- not say that this is an harbour fitting for ships, because it is late ere the Sound breake vp ; for euen now there lay much ice at the bottome of it, insomuch that I was forced to leaue the shallop, because I could not passe with her for ice, and waike two miles ouer stonie mountaynes, with an- other man in my company, to bee satisfied concerning a point of land that shot into the Sound, whether it were an Hand or no, as by all likelihood it seemed to bee : but when I came to the farthest part of it, I saw it joyne to the mayne land, wherefore I called it Point Deceit, because it Point De- deceiued mee so much. From hence wee proceeded toward our shippe, and came aboord of her in the north harbour i como ^ * * _ _ _ ^ aboord our of Faire Hauen, on Friday night, being the nineteenth of ^^'p- August, where she rid alone, for Master Marmaduke was gone forth to sea that day. The two and twentieth of August, John Mason, master of the Oamaliell, came ouer from the south harbour for helpe to hayle vp a whale which had beene sunke fourteene a whale lay *^ ./ 1 sunken dayes, in one hundred and twentie fathome depth, or else^'^""® to pull the wharpe and harping iron out of her, for now it was time to take her or forsake her. Master Sherwin, our master, caused our long boate to be manned, and went with him; when they came where the whale was sunke they haled, and shee pi-esently rose, bolting suddenly vp with a thundring cracke, made with the bursting of her bodie ; and notwithstanding she had layen so long, yet had shee all her finnes fast. Whilst this was in doing, the Hartsease was comming into the harbour from the north- ward, and anchored by our ship an houre after. Here wee stayed till the seuen and twentieth of August, h2 ^■^ i ) '■ ( I ! i! it. i! 100 THE THIRD RECORDED VOYAaE OF Warme wenthor in the end of Aagust. We set sayle to the K-^:3t- ward. The Thamanine returnes for Kngland. and since my last returne hither in the shallop from the eastwards, the weather hath beene commonly warme, and the mountaynes were now more cleere of snow then they had beene any time this yeere, notwithstanding there had much snowe fallen since the beginning of this moneth, but it was quite consumed, and a greater signe of warmth and thaw was now to bee obserued then any time of the yeere heretofore ; namely, by the often falling of the ice into the sea from the huge snowie bankes, making a noyse like thunder, so that the time was very hopefuU, but thus wee made vse of occasion oflfered. The seuen and twentieth of August, it was faire and warme weather, calme till noone, then had wee a gale of winde from the south south west, wherewithall wee set sayle out of Faire-hauen in the company of the Ha^'tsease, with whom wee had beene in termes of consortship, but nothing was concluded. About sixe a clocke at night wee were sixe leagues from Cape Barren, which bore from va south-west and by south. Wee proceeded still to the uorth-east\vard, and on the eight and tweiitieth day in the morning wee had runne about twentie leagues from Cape Barren, in an east north- east way by the ordinary compasse, being open of Sir Thomas Smith's Inlet nine or tenne leagues from the shoare, at which time wee were come to the ice that trended east south-east, and west north-west, but the sea being very rough, wee stood offagaine from the ice; in the after- noone it fell calme, and at night we had a gale of winde at east, and the ship was steered west, and then south-west homewards. The nine and twentieth day, the winde easterly, an easie gale. At foure a clocke in the afternoone, Hackluyts Head- land bore from vs, south-east by east, foure leagues distant. This euening was very warme. The thirtieth day, the winde at north-east, an easie gale. WILLIAM BAFFIN. 101 At foure a clocke in the afternoone, Maudlon Point bore east north-east, halfe a point easterly, about three leagues distant. Towards the euening it fell calme; the weather not cold. The thirtieth (?) day, faire sunne-shine weather, and calme till noone, and then we had a good gale of winde . from the north-east, being flue leagues distant from the foreland, which bore south-cast. Now we altered our course, and stood to the west-ward : therefore, to keepe vs still in we Btood ' ' * to the we^t- the parallel that now wee were in, which was 79° 8', a west ''"^* north-west course wjis directed, in respect of the variation, to make good a true west way. This course wee held till wee had runne about twentie leagues, and then wee ranne twentie leagues more in a west and by north course till one a clocke on Friday morning, at which time it fell calme ; and wee heard the sea make a great noyse, as if wee had beene neere land, but wee rather iudged it to bee ice, as, indeed, it proued to bee ; for in the morning, when it was light and cleere, wee saw the ice, about a league from vs, which trended southerly. Hauing now a gale at east north-east, wee steered away south and south-east, but in the afternoone we were embayed with a long banke of ice, which wee could not weather; therefore weemet wee were faine to tacke about, and, the winde having come more southerly then it was in the morning, wee stood off from the ice north-east and north-east and by north, and then to the southwards againe, making sundrie boardes to get forth to wind -wards of the ice. The third day, befoore noone, wee had sight againe of ice to westwards of vs, and at noone were vnder the parallel of 78° 27', according to my obseruation. Then wee stood away south, to keepe cleere of ice; for wee had a great homing sea, although but little winde, and therefore durst not be to bold to edge too neere it, especially the winde being easterly, as then it was. mmmfmggmm. mmm ^rmmm 102 THE THIRD RECORDED VOTAQB OF BAFFIN. f! li; i I came for England. If On the fourth day our men saw the ice againe from the mayne top-mast head, and therefore wee still maintayned a southerly course. The next day it began to be foggie, and continued close weather and hazie for three dayes, so iTe'and *^° *^** ^® ^*^ "° moro sight of the ice, ney ther could we at this time receiue any further satisfaction concerning the same; therefroe [aic — therefore?] wee kept a southerly course, so neere as wee could, although wee had but little winde, and the same very variable, till the ninth day, but then wee had a good gale of winde at west north-west. On the tenth, beeing Saturday, we were, by my reckon- ing, fiftie leagues distant from Low-foot, which bore from vs east south-east, halfe a point southerly. This day the wind shifted to the south-we&t, and at night came to the south with much raine, then came backe againe to the west north-west, and began a great storme. This night the master and others saw a light vpon the Banto^it is fore-bonnet, which the saylers call a Corpo Santo. It ftt'the'lnd appeared like the flame of a candle, and (as sea-men Btormes. ^j^ggpygj ^^ alwayos presageth an ensuing storme ; which to verifie, this foule weather continued the next day, and grew to be so vehement on Sunday night that the sea oftentimes ouer-raked our ship, and wee were faine to lye atry with our fore course onely, and our mayne top-mast also strucke, which last thing (as sea-men say) is seldome done at sea ; then, about one a clocke, we were forced to take in our fore course, and to lye a-huU for fine houres. The fourth of October the shippe came to Wapping, with the whole number of men she carried forth (my selfe ex- cepted, that was come before), being sixe and twentie, all in perfect health. A Htorme beganne. A ;herly little r, but 1 ckon- from 7 the ;o the west a the ). It i-men iVnicn , and B sea lye -mast dome ed to s. with e ex- e^ all J * . 4-' I i 1 n St.. u r fACSmtiLED Bit the typographic I ) THE NORTH 'TTl 'V THE FOURTH RECORDED VOYAGE or WILLIAM BAFFIN. 1615. TO THE Right WoRSHiPFVL andtrvlye Honorable SiVThomas Smith : knight. Sir Dudly Diooes : kt. Mr. John Wolstenholme :^ esquire, and the rest of the ivorthy aduancebs and ADUENTUBER8 ybr the FINDINGE OB' A PASSAGE by the NORTH WEST. The ADNTiENTE {Right Worshipfull) had so mucli regard to the worthies of those tymes, that any waye sought the good and preferment of theare countrye and common wealth wheare they lyued, That ingratytude was so far from them, they honoured, yea with diuine honoare, those to whome theire countrye was in any way obleeged. But wee which line in an age, whome the poets tearrae an jron age, are so far from honouringe our worthies with due prayse, that many had rather seek occation of slander then otherwise, although not agaynst theare persons, yet agaynst theare acctions. You are the worthyes of our tyme, whose many fould ad- uentures are such, but espetiall this of the north-west, which are not discouraged with spendinge and loss of many hun- dreth poundes, ney rather many thousand pounds ; reapinge no other profitt butt onlye bare reports, and those little auaylable to the purpose. But I feare if I should take on me to sett forth your due prayse, I should come so far short of the marke I aymed at ; that it weare better for me to * See the Introduction for notices of Sir Thomas Smith, Sir Dudley Digges, and Sir John Wolstenholme. fXCSIMIUO » rWf TrPOOMPHIC ertHIMG CT FOR TMC MKLUYT SOCItTY. JUNCiam U,r^.. uu> nr BArn^l, rmmm voyas^ to me Noxth ,. ■- _ _— — — — " < 1 1 4 14-4- • 1 1 ' > • * • • • !■':! LUi f 15- • • «• • 8rF— . ."."•. itf6*'^ A ^^w%aJ > flr '"^ 1 i' |._* V-— 1 r Mw 1 c I -j * /^1 \ « if ^ \ I ^ •'^ / VOMG£: TO THE NORTH WEST. 1615. (BRIT. MUS. ADD. MS& l?.Z06) 104 THI rOURTH RKCORDID YOTAQI Of m leauo it undoono, then badlye doone : knowinge that who so seeketh to amend Afkllbs pictture had need bo some good artist, and who so seeketh to sett forth the worthie prayse of our London mabchamts, had need beu more than a good rethoritian. But what neede I spende tyme hearin, when neuer dyinge fame hath, and will, enroule your names in Ttmes chebfrst Chronicle of Etbbnytib: where no endious MoMUS shall have power to rase out the smallest tythe thereof. And seinge I haue beene imployed, and haue reaped some profitt from your purses, I might be counted a uery bud soruant if I gaue not in some accounte howe we spent our tyme. Such as it is, I present it to your worshipps vewe : whearin I haue indeuoured to set doune our pro- ceedinges in so short a methode as conuenieutly I coulde, referringe our pertyculer courses, latytudes, longitudes, windes, leagues we run, and variatyon of the compas, to the breefe table or Jurnall in the beginninge of the booke, wheare euery of these is sett in their seuerall coUombes, with the tytles at the heade. And whereas in the collombe tytle Trucourse, in many places is sett a number betweene the letters, as on the last day of AprilJ, is N. 20 e, which is north 20 degrees east- ward, or allmost north north east : the tru waye that the shipp had room that 24 houers, the variatyon of the com- pas, and other accidentes alowed. Also there is a collombe wheare is sett downe the longitude, wheare we weare ech day at noone (although not usual in Jamales) that theareby ech seuerall uariatyon of the compas, and any other acci- dente may be the more redylie found without protractinge all or parte of the voyage : in which vaviatyons I hope I haue not much erred from the truth, comminge nearer then some which haue beene imployed that way heretofore. And because your worships may more redylie see and perseue howe far we haue beene, I haue heare following placed a small mapp, and it is to be noted that within the WILLIAM BArriM. 105 ILB or Rbsolutyom woe sawo no more land then that I haae colored with greene, besides ilands. And hoare is traced out our ships waye, with the red prickle lyne, notynge euery place wheare we came uu shore (to make tryall of the tyde) with a red crosse, and for the tyme of high water at those places they are on the next page. Thus bouldly haae I presumed on your worships cle- moncie in two respectes, the one iu consideration of your selues, beinge so well aequaynted with these matters (as hauinge paydo so deare for them) would in respect (not of the writer) but of the accion, vouchsafe the readinge there- of; the other, that beiuge in duty bounde to be at your worships pleasure, I knowo not howe to showe my selfe more dutyfuU affected, then by giuinge in an accounte how we haue spent, or mis-spent our tyme ; besoechinge your wor- ships to accept them, not as my worke, but as my will and afl'ection. And so with my daylie prayers to God for your health and prosperous successe in all your accions, I rest. Your worships, most dutyfullie to be commanded to his best endeuoures, William Baffin. The LONGITUDE aud LATYTUDE of SUCH PLACES whearc we haue heene on shore within Resolution iland ^ what Moone doth make a full tea., or the tyme of high water on the cuainge uaye. Andallso there distance from Resolution iland. fl] [2] [3] [41 [61 * # ♦ * # Resolution Iland . o t 66.26 \ 61.30 K.8.E. 7j 8? legues. Saluage iland 72.00 62.30 S.E. 4 E. 68 nine legues A beyond . Broken ilauds 73.00 62.40 8.E. 9 67* 74.30 63.46 S.E.bys i>? 87 North Shore 80 . 30 64.40 8.8.E. lOi 142 U leagues short of CapeComfort 85.20 64.45 8. 5 E. 11? 180 At Cape Comfort 86.22 65.00 8. 6 E. 11: 186 Sea Horse Poynt 82.80 63.44 8. by E. 11 154 Sir Dudly Diggs iland 79.40 62.45 8.8.E. 10 io| 123 Nottyngam iland 80.60 63.32 8.8.E. 13t * Blank IN THE original. ? l,Long,: 2,Lat.: S, Bearing: 4, Tinie. 5, Distance. t This corner of the page is torn. ll'II ft - d ^ il o 1 ■s ^ 9 i ra <8 ^ ^ « 00 & I 3-S a .s .§ (0 O . ( ^ 4> « 4> „ « "^ 1 •4^ »4 S S S fl " 2 CO 52 fl) 25 S ^ « a « "S ► » e3 o a o «« S " O « O (8 a o s 49 a 1 a SS§5 «8 9— 1 .... CO . . .(N CO . • • • • t» «o in 1-1 .-4 OJ O ^H OOOOOOOO-POOOO !0 O «5 S ■>*' C >0 " ^ .o Oi-iO-i(NO (N •<1< i-i O OT O i-H ■|s| • • r^ t^t^Oe<5«50S •O ® W> W US >o taioio>oiao>QU3. r-( f-i(M(N(N(M(M(N(N(M(N(Mn <) S -i I IFF 3 t » 2 . f s 9 «S -tH i cS -s o a o .A Cm i « .4 O hi .o « 9 -3 o a 4> ft ao O ft 1^ .i4 a S s -3 e CS 00 *el -& ;^ ? 1 -g a o . S -ss « " ♦» .2 >o EH 2 « -rj s -^ o ^ ■ft * « ^ ■» ft oo>co««OQOOS'C05'Orl<» 1-1 r- CO CO Tjl 1-1 04 -*1 ; CO CN -^ . r-l rN . oj Tj< m oD «a ts k: » • ft ^ ft COOO-OQOft^.^ ftftftft'ftft' ^^^ i-^-^ft H H • ft^ ft ^ » ft fc ^ on Qoojo-<!jo— •'NCO'^iocor^ooojc— >5rt(Ne0'^«O5et- pNrHrHi-iF-i-ii-ii-*i-ii-4(N0404(N9l(N(M- J3 •« tc 9 'a B .3 S M o » s 00 13 ® s 3i.| III 9 5 4J' X5 c3 u o u a eS o V i fl ^ — « I i Is s> .9 a ® ft .d H « e bO fl o s IS 73 O ^ W fl c« o 9 bo fl s S C CI •W « d 2 *• « S S)g " fl p S » fl o « 8 -s .fl .9 a 3 " c4 •.< JS 4, CO « 2 .^ O aj ? « .« 9 2 c6 n S * S-3 •p. -S bo" fl - 4> S « 9 a 09 .1 ■u •a »« » 45 s 1 •i» « tu ^ 73 fl -w s & o fl 'M a i s » a a. ^'■2 pO 00 2 s e3 o «» 4A ^ JS o &0 ^ fl « ■w e ■< o .• 6 4> O] ^ EH O «0 O Tji o 00 ^ ,. 00 00 00 00 O «5 ■>* Tf Tjl O * O O O O OO * . . • • » O 04 *J O ^ rH 04 ^ ^eo CO CO »0 O CO >0 O Q ■«1< 1-1 1-1 ■* o ^ 04 04 M e. to r^ t^ 1^ t^ Tf ■«f Tj< CO CO CO CO to 00 to t^ to to t>. 05 O -< 04 CO WI to 00 00 00 00 00 » 04 CO Tf ^ rji Tl< 04 CO CO O 04 04 04 Tj« ■ 00 00 30 O O 04 O ^ 04 04 rH CO CO ■<1' I" O lO »0 Tjt o o Tjl «0 O «3 O r-l a 04 04 05 '>4 04 ffj CO CO (£ CO CO (O • * • CO CO CO CO CO CO COCO ^. ...... CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO eo CO ■«*• Tf U3 »o CO CO CO Co CO CO * » " ^3 >5 H te t>3 *i tei a pa ^ S IS n m « W J- ^ (o » m -j: « r r a w ^ ^ tn m ^ 2-' in • K SB ■B8tl8«9r[ O) ;oi :e4 : CO «5 i-i CD O 00 «0 «3 1-1 i-H 04 H ks ^ tQ & ooojOi-«o4eo'*• o M 00 a « M 1 o M u s d 4> S o C» . Is a* O V "> s « 3 |S 4> *» «a o •o « ^1 ■s o .. C3 s> a) ^ « I •s.||| «'/} fl bO U u^.2 ►l J csrs .o c< a o o a ^ i a> jd la 10 ^S^H I I c . « s. - s B bi <" «> 4> H .5 S ce ^ <^ o -g O 03 ^ "Js o ^ « o 2 « 2? « a« g rt s gSS5 SS ^ S O Vl y OB .S:S 2 ^ * S t^-^ 9 g g in 00 ^ « •-< •- 9, o o a 00 §1 O 09 « =) a bo ■- o « 90 c oT • ** 2 >> to •" *" ^ 00 -w « ** -S a V £ fl^ % « a >i 13 S'^ ta cd on EH J3 Eh ^ O (N 00 00»0-^QOaO»«0(MOOP 00000000X0000X00000000 o o o X o «« m O C -"J" o o o X X t>. >o CO . t^ X«0?0'^0«XX(N-<10 US I— M JO «5 X (N r» -♦n-*o ; CO X • • • • • : 00 oo : : H n »; to' :x OD QQ QQ H H H I CO ^»«OJ©>-'o^e C9 O a o» W l-H S -• . OOO'fQ'NOOWSSO'OOiOOOOOOOtOOtOlN^ltOOWiO * « O O >-i ■^ O ■* 0(N <0 « ^O CO -H eO « (NWU3-* eo c^ ■-< Longita from Londoi a »0 ^ r» '^ >-l 00 « M CO » » «D O ■* •^l* M(N 'N (70 o r* -* « fO M eo-M ;D»«3»O»O'43MMeOe0»«C0W-io^i-HS'^ ^^i — O OJ •» (35 OS t^ t» t^ r^ 00 CO 00 OJ 00 00 I^ !>• 5C «i lO -^ > >. . Bi H •• « ". . H ^ tl ^ H S» " H H »^ * * • J « " ^ ^ « p4 ""-;»•: "^ ^ . >i '^ «: H «• * * ^" ■soiUStoi TJi ^ ■* (H (M CO ^ ^ CO 00 " H H H m « „' » 1 •OOt*OOOJ©f-l(NMTjilO«Ot*0005C— (Ne<3-»*<«5«or^aoo»o.-i rNpHrif->Mi-HpHFHrHi-4(N(M(NMy the )0U'3 is a icty. ailin 22 The next morne being fayre and clearo, and allmost aa stedy as on shore, it was no neede to bid me haue my instrument of uariation in redynes to take the time of [the] moone's comming to the mex'idian, hauinge my quadrant redy to take the sonnes Almicanter, it being indifferent large, as of 4 foote semydiamoter. I hauinge^ appears to have chosen the method of measuring the distance by the difference of Azimutli, because, in all probability, he did not possess an instrument with which he could measure so large an angle as 10^", that being the computed distance from the Azimuths given ; this distance would, however, be greatly in error unless the declinations of both heavenly bodies were the same. The Almicanters here mentioned are small circles, parallel to and, in this case, above the rational horizon ; they are therefore the observed altitudes. Thus we have the following lunar observation : Ohs.Alt. o/Q 25° 5'. Angular Distance. 104° 0'. Obs. Alt. of the ^ 32° 6'. which observation, cleared from the effects of parallax and refraction, would give the true distance, and the longitude could be found by using the right ascensions of the moon and sun, without the aid of such tables as are now given (of lunar distances) in the Nautical Almanac. "Speaking of this observation, Uaffin says, 'I never wrought it'; and, indeed, had he computed this observation, it is not possible that he could have got any satisfactory results. This will be the more clear when we consider that an error of 1' in this very roughly observed distance would, under the most favourable circumstances, produce an error of 25' in the longitude. "Judging from this record, it seems quite certain that Baffin was acquainted with the theory of obtaining the longitude by observing the altitudes of the moon and some other heavenly body, and measuring the angular distance between them, this method of finding the longitude having been proposed as early as 1514 by John Werner of Nuremberg, and again, in 1545, by (iomma Frisius of Antwerp ; but this observation of Ualliu's is, so far as I am aware, the first recorded attempt to put it into actual practice at sea ; and any one wlio will inspect Iklihi's observa- tions can scarcely fail to come to the conclusion that it is highly impro- bable that a man, so far in advance of his time as a navigator, and so intimately acquainted with the practical part of astronomy, would, in his studies, have overlooked so important an observation, or that he would have failed, when a favourable opportunity presented itself, to make an attempt to put it into practice." ' [Haue. P.] 124 THE FOUJJTH RECORDED VOYAGE OP taken the uariation of my needle this forenoone and dyuers tymes before, which was 28... 30' W. Nowe hauinge all things in redynes (for I had tyme jnough) for it would be after foure in the afternoone before any thinge could be doone ; so hauing wayted till the moone was precisely on the meridian, and that instant tooko the height of the sonn/ which was 26° 40'. The latytudc of the place is 63... 40', and the sonns declination for that tyme 23 degrees 6 rainites. By which three things giuen I haue found the houre to be fine a clocke 4'.., 52" ...1"'...4"" or 76 degrees 13'... 16" of the equinoctial! afternoone. Nowe according to Soarle's Ephemeris,^ the moone came to the meridian at London at 4 a clocke 54'... 30": and after Origanus, ^ tho moone came to the' meridian at Wittenbeeoe at 4 a clocke 52'.5", the same day. Nowe hauinge this knowne, it is no hard matter to finde the longitude of the place sought for. For according to the moones ordinary meane motion, which is 12 degrees ech day, which is in tyme 48 minites: and [?] to this account, if the moone be on the meridian at 12 a clock this day, tomorrowe it will be 48 minites past 12.* 1 [The sunnes Almicanter, at the instant when the moone was on the meridian, was 26°. P.] ^ John Searle received his hccnce to practise chirurgery in 1607, and published, in 1601), An Ephemeris from 1609 to 1617, whereunto is an- Vixcd three succinct 7'reatiscs of the use of an Ephemeris of the fixed Stan-cs, atid foure Sections of Astrologie (4to., London). The book con- tains, among other tables, a correction of time in respect of difference of meridians ; a list of places, with latitude and longitude in time ; a table for converting degrees and minutes into time; eclipses; and a table of the inequality of days, and the equation or correction of them. The copy of Searle's Ephemeris at the British Museum wants the title page ; that at the Bodleian Library is a perfect copy. ^ JJavid Origanus was the author of an Ephemeris for the years 1595 to 1650. His meridian was Wittenberg. (Frankfort, 1599, 4to.) ' Tins is the same method he adopted in Cockin Sound for finding the longitude (see page 20), namely, by lunar culmination. Mr. Coles ob- WILLIAM BAFFIN. 125 title 1595 Nowe I hauinge the timo at this place found by ob- seruation, which was 5 a clocko 4' . . .b2" . . A"' . . A"" (but in this I neede not be so precise) : and at London 4 aclocke 54',.. 30": which, substracted from the former, leaueth 10'. . .22". . .V". . A'"; and the raoono's motyon for that 24 houers was 12^.. 38 : which conuei'ted into tyme is 50'. ..25 "...20'". This beingo knowne, the proportion is as follows: If 50'... 25"... 20'" giue 360, what shall 10' ...22"...!'".. 4"" giue? The fourth proportionall will be 74 degrees 5', which is the longitude of this place west from London : because the moono was later on the meridian at this place by 10'... 22". And by the same forme of woi-lcing by Origanus Eplie- merides, the distance is 91 degrees 35 minites ivest from the place Origanus Ephemerides is supimtated for, but for to decide ivhich is the truer I leaue to others : but neyfher of them is much different from my supposed longitude according to my iurnall which was 74... 30'.^ And seeing serves:— "It is most surprising that Baffin should have obtained even such an approximation fvs he did, and his method of observing with two plumb lines set in the meridian, is both original and ingenious." 1 [22. P.] * [And by the same working of Orifianus Ephcmmdcs, the distance is 91 degrees, 35 minutes west of west. But whetlier be the truer, 1 leaue to others to iudge : — and in tliese workings may some errour be committed, if it be not carefully looked vnto: as in the obacruation, and also in find- ing what time the moone commeth to the meridian at the place where the ephemerides is supputatod for, and perchance in the ephemerides themselves : in all whicli the best iudicious may erre ; yet if oliservations of this kinde, or some other, were made at places ftar remote, as at the Cape Bona^pcranza, Bantam, Japan, Nona Alln'on, and Magellan Strayl.'i, I suppose wee should liaue a truer Geography than wee haue. P.] Alluding to Broken Point, Captain Parry remarks : "On the 29th wo were off a point of land liaving several islands near it, and exactly answering the description of that called by Baffin, in the year 161.^), Broken Point, it being indeed a point of broken islands. This headland is memorable on account of a hmar observation ma[l fi jn'oporilon oftynie in all jdaees as we have hecne ot since ive came into the strayts, all concnrrhuje of the fond to coin e from, .the south east, and no place else, savlvge 6 leatjues short of Capo Covfort, but the euvsc thereof I aujipose to be nothiuij but the indraft of the bat/e. 17 The next mornhifj onr mr. ashed ovr opinion whether It ivcare better for vs to seeke out some harbourc heareaboute to see If we covld kill any of those Mokse icesawc, or pre- sently to ijo for NoTTYNGAirs Ilandk to 'mahe iiroifc of the i 134 THE FOURTH EECOltDED VOYAGE OP .' i' ; i :'l: tyde offloiid thcare, which was the i^lace whcare formerly was affirmed the floiid to come from the north west. My answear and. most of the companies was, that sce- inge v" are botind for discoiiery, it conld not he our best waye to spend any fyme in search for these morse, they being so fearefnll and beaten with the saluacjex. And yf we should Mil some feive of them they would nut bo worth the tyme loe should spend. Seeinge we hiewe not wheare to harhoure our ship, and ivhen shec is in harhoure, too haue no other bote hut our ships bote, which wo dare not send far from the Ji'p. And those morse toe saive iveare in the sea, and what tyme or icheare they would com on shore ivas vncertayne. These thinges considered I thought it better to go for NoTTYNGAM Ilande, and so to prosecute our uoynge as theavf, we shoulde find occntion, and if theare our hope of passadge was voyde, and thf weather prooue fiyre, we might soon com back to thit, place agayne, it heivge nott past 16 leagues diy^c.nte. When I had spohe, our mr. s d he was also of tliat minde, and so we waved anchor presently and stood ouer with a stiffe gale of winde, which continued ; and toward night a very foule wether, and a sore storme. By tenno a clocke we weare com to anchor on the north west side of NoTTYNGAM Ile, where are 2 or 3 smale iles lye off from the greater, which make very good sounds and harbours. About this ile we found some store of ice, but nothing in comparison of that which heretofore we haue had. We staied about this island till the 27 day, hauinge much foule wether, many stormes, often foggs and vn- ccM'taine windes. Dyuers tymes we set sayle to goe to that side of the ile where the ship rode when CArTAiNK Button was in her : findinge in other places of this iland the floud to com from the south eastward, and the II WILLIAM BAFFIN. 1 "^ luiJ tyme of high water on the chainge day to be at half ail houer past ten, and not at halfe an houer past seuen, as some supposed. In these ten dayes wo staled about this ile, we fitted our ship with ballast, and other necessaries we had neede of; and then proceeded as followeth. 2G The 26 daye, being indifferent faire wether, we passed between Nottyngam Ile and Salisbduys Ilande at the south point thereof (I mean of Nottyngam Ile), wheare are many small, low, broken iles, without the which had beene a fit place for vs to liaue anchord, to haue found out the tru sett of the tvde. But our mr. desirous to com to the same place wheare they had rode before, stood along by this ile to the westward, and came to an anchor in the eddy of these broken groundes, wheare the ship rode at no certaintie of tyde at all. 27 The next morning the wether proued very foule and much rayno and winde, so that our kedjer^ would not hold the ship,^ but was driuou into deepe water, that we weare forced to set sayle, the winde beinge at east, and then east-north-east, and at noone at north-east, still foule weather. Being vnder sayle, wo stood away to- wards Sea Horse Point. Our mr. (as I suppose) was perswaded that there might be som passadgo between Sea Hoi;sE Point and that land which they called Swan Ilande : so this afternoone we saw both Sea Hokse Point and Nottyngam Ile. The distance is about 15 leagues, bearinge the one from the other north west .and south east. 28 The 28 in the morningo we weare neare the former point, Icing somwhat southicard of it, trendinge away west south west so farre as we sawe ; and very much pestred with ice. At seuen a clocke we tacked about and stood south east and by south. * [Ilcger. P.J 2 [^\t eightie fatlioms' scope, P.] i : \'f ?r II I* 136 TUK FOURTH RECORDED VOYAGE OF 29 The next day at eleuen a clocke we came to anchor at DiGGES Ilb, hauinge very foule weather. At this place wheare we rode, it lyeth open to the west, hauinge two of the greatest iles which breako off the force of the floud till the tyde be well bent ; for after the water beinge risen by the shore about an houer and a halfe, then the ship doth wind vpp and ride truly on the tyde of floud all the tyde after. Now the tyme of higli water on the chainge daye is halfe an houer past ten,^ nearest eleuen, whom hearetofore was taken to he halfe an houer 'past seiien, or an cast south cast moone, hi/ which mistake I suppose hath growne the crroure at Nuttijngam Hand, offcrmingo the floxul to com from the north west, mahinge account that it would he high, water at hoth places alike fas indeede it is), hut the mistakinge of the tyme was all, for it is an eascy thiiuje to make a man helecue that which he desireth. 30 The 30, being fayre weather, about uoone we set sayle,^ wheare we presently perceued the salua;4es to be close hid on the top of the rockes ; but when they see we had espyed them, dyuers of them came runninge downe to the water side, calling and weauinge vs to com to anchor, which we would haue done if conueniently we could. But heai-e the water is so deepe, that it is hard to find a place to ride in, which we seeinge, lay to and fro with our ship, while som of our men in the bote killed 70 fowle, for in this place is the greatest quantitie of these fowle (whom we call willocks), that in few places else the like is to be seen : for if neade were we might haue killed many thousands, almost incredible to those which haue not seene it. Heare also we had suffi- cient proofe of the tyde, as we lay to and fro with the ship, but when our men weare com aboord agayne, we * [Or necrest thereabout. P.] '■^ [And stood along close by Dlgges He. P.] ^^ WILLIAM HAPFIN. 137 set all our sayles for homeward, makinge the best expe- dition we could. AvavsT. 3 But on the third of August we were forced to com to anchor agayne about thirtie leagues within Kesolution 4,5 Iland, on the north shore. The next day we set sayle, and the 5th in the forenoone we past by Resolution Iland, without sight thereof: thus continuing our course (as in the breefe iournall may be seene) with much con- trarie windes and foule wether. September. 6 We had sight of Cape Cleere in Ireland the sixt of September. The next morninge by daylight we were faire by Silly, and that night, at two a clocke the next morne, we came to anchor in Plymoutii Sound, ivithout the loss of one man. For these and all other blessings the Lord make us thanlxfull} And now it may he that som expect I should give my opynion conserninge the i^assadge. To those my answere must he, that douhtlcs theare is a passadge. But within this stray te, lohome is called Hudson's Straytcs, I am douhtfidl, suj^^wsinge the contraryc. Bat ivhdher there he, or no, I ivill not affirme. But this I ivill affirme, that toe haue not heene in any tyde then that from Eesohityon Iland, and the greatest indraft of that commeth from Dauis Straytes ; and my judgment is, if any passadge within Ecsolution Hand, it is but som creeke or in lett, but the mayne ivill be vpp fretum Dauis ; but if any he desirous to hiowe my opynion in pcrtycidler, I ivill at any tymc be redy to showe the best rcsons I cann, cythcr by word of mouth, or otherwise. ^ [With all our men lining, hauing onely three or four sicke, which soone recouered. P.] ! ! li' I'll Hi J ll ■ nfi m March 26. THE FIFTH EECORDED VOYAGE WILLIAM BAFFIN.^ A briefe and true Relation or Journall, contayning such accidents as happened iti the fift voyage, for the discouerie of a passage to the North-west, set forth at the charges of the Ilight Worshipfull Siu Tho. Smith, Knight ; Sir Dudley Digges, Knight ; Master John Wostenholme, Esquire; Master Alderman Jones, with others, in the good ship called the Dis- couerie, of London ; Houert Bileth, Master ; and mysclfe Pilot, performed In the yeere of our Lord, IGIG. In the name of God, Amen. The forenauied ship being in full readinesse vpoii the twentie sixe of March, we set saile at Grauesend, being in number seuentcene persons, hauing very faire weather, which continued till the second of Aprill : by that time we were off Portland, then the winde comming westward, with foule weather, we kept sea till the fourth day, then being not able to fetch Plimouth, bore roome for Dartmouth, where wee stayed eleuen dayes, in which time was much foule weather and westerly windes. The fifteenth day of Aprill, being cleere of Dartmouth, wo were forced the next day to put into Plimouth. The nineteenth day we set saile from tlience, and the twentieth, in the morning, we past betweene the Lauds end and Silly, with a faire winde. Continuing our course, as in the briefe Table or Journall is set downe, with euery par- ticular from noone to noone, that here I need not make a 1 From Purckas, Part III, lib. iv, cap. xix, p. 841. r wmk wm FIFTH EECOHDED VOYAGE OF WILLIAM BAFFIN. 139 tedious repetition, nothing worthy of note hapning, bnt that we had a good passage, and the first land we saw was in Fretum Dauis, on the coast of Groinland, in the latitude Oroiniand. of 65" 20'.^ On the fourteenth of May, in the forenoone, then sixe of the people, being a fishing, came to vs, to whom we gauo small pieces of iron, they keeping vs com- panie, being uery ioyfull, supposing wee had intended to come to anchor; but when they saw vs stand otf from shoare, they followed vs a while, and then wont away dis- contented, to our seeming. We prosecuting our voyage, were loth to come to an anchor as yet, although the winde was contrarie, but still plyed to the northward, vntill we came into 70" 20' ; then wee came to an anchor in a faire sound (neere the place Master Dauis called London Coast).- The twentieth of May at euening, the people espying vs, fled away in their boates, getting on rocks, wondring and gasing at vs, but after this night we saw them no more, leaning many dogs ^/J^'^'""' running to and fro on the iland.^ At this place we stayed two dayes, in which time wee tooke in fresh water and other necessaries ; here we had some dislike of the passage, because the tydes are so small as not arising aboue eight or nine foot, and keepe no certaine course ; but the neerest time of high water, on the change day, is at a quarter of an houre past nine, and the flood commeth from the south. The two and twentieth day, at a north sunne, wee set saile and plyed still northward, the winde being right against vs as we stood o(i' and on. Vpon the sixe and twentieth day, in the afternoone, we found a dead whale, ^v™^',, 1 This would be Sukkei-toppeii, or the Cockiu Sound visited by Baffin during his first voyar.'e. See page 1(5. 2 The north point of Disco Ishmd is in 70° 20' N. Hare Island, north of Disco, is in IQ" 26' N. liatfiu may have anchored on the north shore of the Waigat, in this latitude, near Jioursak. 3 Probably Ilare Island. 140 THE FIFTH RECORDED VOYAGE OF in Hopfi tSauderson about sixo and tvventie leagues from shoarc, liauing all her finnes.^ Then making our ship fast, wee vsed the best means wee could to get them, and with much toile got a hun - dred and sixtie that eueniug. The next morning the sea went uery high, and the winde arising, the whale broke from vs, and we were forced to leauo her and set saile, and haui :)g not stood past three or fouro leagues north-west- ward, came to the ice, then wee tacked and stood to the shoare-ward, a sore storme ensued. By the thirtieth day, in the afternooue, wee came fairo by fT,.,„ , ""^'{mderson, the farthest land Master Dauis was at,'^ lyiiivi," le 72 and 73°; and that euening, by a north sunno, we uamo to much ice, which wo put into, plying all the r \x<' day to get through it. The iirsb if J a. i, w. wei'e cleere of the ice before named, and not fari'e from shoai-e, the winde blowing very hard at north north-east, then we put in among diuers ilands ; the Tents, men people Seeing* vs, fled away in all haste, leaning their tents behinde, and vpon a small rocke they hid two young maides, or women. Our ship riding not farre off, we espyed them, to whom our master, with some other of our companie, went in the boate, they making sigues to be carried to the iland, where their tents were close adioyning. When they came thither they found two old women more, the one uery old, to our estimation little lesse than four- score, the other not so old. The next time we went on shoare, there was another woman with a child at her back, who had hid herselfe among the rocks, till the other had told her how wee had vsed them, in giuing them pieces of iron and such like, which they highly esteeme ; in change thereof they gaue vs scales skinnes ; other riches they had 1 That is, whale-bone. 2 On the 30th of June 1587. See Voj/nr/cs of John Davis (Ilakluyt Society, 1880), pp. xxx, and li. Davis gives the latitude of Hope Sanderson at 72' 12' N. WILLIAM BAFFIN. lU mge had none, saue dead scales, and fat of seales, some of which fat or blubber afterward wo carried aboord. The pooro women wei'e very diligent to carry it to the water side, to put into our caske, making shew that the men were ouer at the mavne, and at another small iland something more eastward. Then making signes to them that wee would shew them our ship, and set them where the men were, the foure youngest came into our boate ; when they were aboord, they much woudred to rsoe our ship and furniture ; we gaue them of our meat, which they tasting, would not eate. Then two of them were set on the iland, where they supposed the men to be ; the other two were carried to their tents agaiue. Those that went to seeke the men could not finde them, but came as neere the ship as they could, and at euening wee set them ouer to the other. This place wee called Womens Hands ; it lyeth in the ]]^J latitude of 72° 45';^ here the flood commeth from the south- ward at nep tydes ; the water ariseth but sixe or seuen foote, and a south south-east moono maketh a full sea. The inhabitants very poore, lining chiefly on the flesh of seales, P"''"]T'° dryed, which they eate raw ; with the skinnes they cloathe themselues, and also make coueriiigs for their tents and boats, which they dresse very well The wotncn, in their apparell, are different from the men, and are marked in the face with diuers blacko strokes or lines, the skin being rased with some sharpe instrument when they are young, and black colour put therein, that by no means it will bo gotten forth. Concerning their religion I can little say ; onely they Religion. haue a kinde of worship or adoration to the sunne, which continually they will point vnto, and strike their hand on /omens llaiuls. 1 These islands are Upernivik, now a Danish settlement, and the sur- rounding islets and rocks. Upernivik is in 72''48'N. The most northern Danish station is at Kingitok, in 72° 6.5' N, ; where a very interesting runic stone was found in 1824. See Ji. G. .S'. J., viii, i». 127. 142 TIIK FIFTH RECORDED VOYAQR OP : Weuftnd^ thoir breast, crying "Ilyout"; their dead tliey burie on tlie ^"'^*" side of the hils, where they live (which is commonly on small ilands), making a pile of stones oner them, yet not so close but that wee might see the dead body, the aire being so piersing that it keopeth them from much stinking sauour. So likewise I hauo scene their dogs buried in the same manner. Vpon the fourth day wee set sayle from thence, hauing very faire weather, although the winde were contrary, and plyed to and fro botvveene the ice and the land, being as it were a channoU of seuen or eight leagues broad : then on the ninth day, being in the latitude of 74' 4',^ and much pestered with ice, neore vnto three small ilands, lying eight miles from the shore, we came to anchor neero one of them. These ilands are vsod to be frequented with people in the latter part of the yeare, as it seemed by the houses and places where the tents had stood ; but this yeare, as yet, they were not come. Here the tides are very small, espe- cially the floud, which ariseth not aboue fine or sixe foot, yet the ebbe runneth with an indifferent streame, the cause thereof (in mine opinion) is the great abundance of snow melting on the land all this part of the yeare. The tenth day wee set sayle from tlience, and stood through much ice to the westward, to try if that further from the shoare, we might procecde ; but this attempt was soone quailed, for the more ice we went through, the thicker it was, till wee could see no place to put in the ships head.2 ^ Seeing that as yet we could not proceede, we determined ^ Probably those now known as the Baffin Islands, north of Cape Shackleton. They are in 73° 54' N. 2 This attempt to take the middle pack is very perilous. Parry suc- ceeded in 1819, and Nares in 1875, But it is always safer to stick to the land-floe in passing through Melville Bay. WILLIAM BAiriN. 143 low the the to stand in for the shoaro, there to nbido some few dayos, till such time as the ice were more wasted and gone (for wo plainely saw that it consumed very fast; with this re- solution we stood in, and came to anchor among' many Hands, in the latitude of 73° 45',^ on the twelfth day, at night. Hero wee contiuucd two dayos without shew or sigue of any people ; till, on the fifteenth day in the morning, about one a clocke, there came two and fortie of the in- habitants in their boates or canoas, and gaue va scale skinnes, and many peeces of the bone or home of the sea vnicorne, and shewed vs diners peeces of sea mors teeth, making signcs that to the northward were many of them ; in exchange thereof we gaue them small peeces of iron, glasse beads, and such like. At foure seuerall times the people came to vs, and at each time brought vs of the aforesaid commodities, by reason thereof we called this place llorne Sound. - Here we stayed six dayes, and on the eighteenth day, at night, we set sayle, hauing very little wiude ; and being at sea, made the best way we could to the northward, although the winde had beene contrary for the most part of this moueth; but it was strange to see the ice so much con- sumed in so little space, for now we might come to the three Hands before named, and stand off to the westward almost twenty leagues, without let of ice, vntill we were more north (as to 74" 30), then we put among much scat- tei'ed ice, yet euery day we got something on our way, nothing worthy of note happening, but that at diners times we saw of the fishes with long homes, many and often, which we call the sea vnicorne : and hero, to write particu- larly of the weather, it would bo superfluous or needelesse. ■12 Tnlialiit- llllt8. Vninomes Ilol'IlO^i. Ilnrno Sound. They see Tiiaiiy Son, Vnicoruos. suc- ik to 1 Islands off Cape Shackleton, which is 1400 feet high, and nearly perpendicular. 2 The name is not retained on modern maps. It should be placed just north of Cape Shackleton, where there is a loomery. 114 TrrE piPTn recorufii) voyage or Pharp frost on Mid- Huminor Day. Sir DiuHy r)i>r» liis Cai)c. Wostcn- liolmo guuud. bocnuso it was so variable, fow divyos 'without snow, and often freezing, in so much tlmt on Midsummer day, our shrowds, roapes, and sailes were so frozen that wo could scarce handle them ; yet the cold is not so extrearae, but it may well be endured. The first of July we were come into an open sea, in the latitude of 75° 40', which anew reuiued our hope of a pas- sago ; and because the winde was contrary, wee stood off twenty leagues from the shoaro before we met the ice ; then standing in againe ; when we were neare the land, we let fall an anchor to see what tyde went, but in that we found small comfort. Shortly after tho winde came to the south- east, and blew very hard, with foule weather, thicke and foggio ; then we set sayle, and ran along by the land ; this was on the second day, at night. The next morning wo past by a faire cape or headland, which we called Sir Dudley Digges Cape ; it is in the latitude of 76° 35', and hath a small iland close adioyning to it ;^ the winde still increasing, we past by a faire Sound tAvelue leagues distant from the former cape, hauing an iland in the midst, which maketh two entrances.^ Vuder this iland we came to anchor, and had not rid past two houres but our ship drone, although we had two anchors at the ground ; then were we forced to set sayle and stand forth. This Sound wee called Wosten- holme Sound ; it hath many inlets or smaller sounds in it, and is a fit place for the killing of whales.^ The fourth day, at one a clocke in the morning, the 1 The cape with the small island off it, now called Cape Dudley Digges, and probably the one Baffin alludes to, is only in 76° 8' N. Saunders Island, off the entrance of Wolstenholme Sound, is in 76° 35' N, 2 Saunders Island. 3 Here H.RI. ship North Star, commanded by IMr. Saunders (Master, R.N.), wintered in 1849-50. She was sent out with stores for the expe- dition of Sir James lloss, but was unable to get through the ice of Mel- ville Bay until late in the season, and eventually wintered in Wolsten- holme Sound. WILLIAM BAFFIN. 14» stormo bogan agalno at west and by south, so vohotnont, tliat it blow away our forocourdo, and boing not able to bearo any saylo, weo lay a drift till about eight a clocko, then it cloarod vp a littlo, and wo saw our soluoa imbayod in a great Sound ; then wo sot saylo, and stood ouor to tho south-oast side, whore, in a littlo covo or bay wo lot full an anchor, which w,o lost with cable and all, the windo blowing so extreanioly from tho tops of tho liils, tint wo could gtt no place to anchor in, but wore forced to stand to and fro in tho Sound, tho bottome boing all frozen ouor ; toward two a clocke it began to bo lease windo, then wo stood forth. In this Sound wo saw groat numbers of whales, theroforo wo called it Whale Sound, and doubtlosso, if wo had beeuo prouided for killing of them, wc might haue strooko very many. It lyeth in tho latitude 77' 30'. All the tift day it was very faire weather, and weo kept along by the land till eight a clock in tho euoning, by which time wo were como to a groat banke of ice, it boing backed with laud, which wo seeing, determined to stand backo some eight leagues to an iland we called Hakluits lie — it lyeth be- tweeno two great Sounds, the one Whale Sound, and the other Sir Thomas Smith's Sound ; this last runneth to the smithH Hound, in riortb of 78°, and is admirable in one respect, because in it l^"-. ,. , ' r ' Variation of tliu com- |)/V.SS« "ill^ tlio VVost, is the greatest variation of the compasso of any part of the p^^^,, r,,,^ f^ world known; for by diners good obseruations I found it to be wiachTnay aboue fine points, or fifty-six degrees varied to tho westward,^ tionabiu d. so that a north-east and by east is true north, and so of the '"'o. tom. •' 1, 1. 2, c. I, rest. Also, this Sound seemeth to bee good for the killing ,\','',\!„"p,[rt,° of whales, it being the greatest and largest in all this bay. imction'of The cause, wherefore we minded to stand to this iland, was pnl^.-eVup. to see if we could find any finnes or such like on tho shore, vaiiatioiiio- •^ vranl it. Now tllO ^ The variation at Port Foulke in Sn)ith Sound (lat. 78' 19' N.) was ti'nunts of" 110°W., on July 28th, 1875 ; as observed by Captain A. II. Maikham,R.N. f^;;^^i ^^"^i^^^ See note at page 154. speukubiy 14(5 THE FIFTFT .IKroRnr.P VOYAOI' r)P mnro than litiro thoro criri III), anil yot lioro Ih nioro varia. tioii thOTI about. Jopiin or MraHil, I'orii, itc' Carlos Hands. Alilonnnn Junes Sound. and ao, iiidood, tliiH iiij^ht woo camo to anchor, hut with foulo weather, that our boat couUl not hind. The next day wee were forced to sot waylo, the seii, was growne so high, and the wind catno more outward. Two dayes weo spent and couhl got no good place to anclior in ; then, o' *ho eight day it cleered vp, and weo seeing a company of .a lye off from tlio shoaro twoluo or thirteono leagues, weo minded to goo to them to see if there wo could anchor. When woe were something nooro, the windc took vs short, and being loth to spend more time, wo tooko opportunitio of the wind, and loft the searching of these ilands, which weo called Carys Hands,- all which Sounds and ilands the map'' doth truly describe. So we stood to tho westward in an open sea, with a stiffe gale of wind, all tho next day and till the tenth day at one or two a'clocko in the morning, at which time it fell calme and very foggio, and wee neere tho land in th' i- tranco of a faire Sound, which wee called Alderman - ^ Sound. This afternoono, being faire and cleere, wo sent our boat to the shoaro, tho ship being vnder sayle, and, as soone as they were on shoaro, the windo began to blow; then they returned againe, declaring that they saw many sea morses by the shoaro among the ice, and as farre as they were they saw no signe of people, nor any good place • See note at page 154. - Probably iiamod after Mr. Alwyn Cary, the ship's liU8l)anil, for this and tho former voyage. ' "Tliis map of the aathour for this and tho former voyage, with the tables of his iournall and sayling, wore somewhfvt troublesome and too costly to insert." So says Master Purchas. Ilis want of funds and of discernment resulted in an irremediable loss to posterity. Tho map of the " former voyage" has, fortimately, been preserved in manuscript, and a facsimile is given in the present volume. But that illustrating the important discoveries made in tho voyage of 1C16 is gone, without, it is to bo feared, a hope of its ever now being found. * For an account of Alderman .Jones, see Introduction. WILLIAM UAFi'IN. It7 to anchor in alonj^ tlio Hhonro. Thou linuing nn onsio pnlo of wind at oast nortli-cast, wo ^-anno ulouf^ by the slioaro, which now trondoth much south, and boginiieth to shew liko a bay. On the twelfth day wo woro open of another g;rcat Sound, lyinj^ in tlio latitude of 74^ 20', and wo called it Sir James Lancaster's Sound j' hero our hope of passage began to be lesse ouory day then other, for from this Sound to the southward wee hnd a ledge of ice botweene the shoaro and vs, but cloaro to the seaward, wo kept close by this lodgo of ice till the fourteenth day in the aftcrnoone, by which time woo were in the latitude of 71" IC, and plaincly por- cciued the land to tho southward of 70° 30' ; then woo hauing so much ice round about vs, woro forced to stand more eastward, supposing to have ''oeno soono clearo, and to hauo kept on the off side of tho ico vntill wo had corao into 70°, then to hauo stood in againo. But this prouod quite contrary to our expectation, for woe woro forced to runno aboue threescore lengues through very much ico, many times so fast that woo could goo no wayos, although wo kept our course duo east; and when wee had gotten into tho open sea, woo kept so nooro tho ico that many times woo had much adoo to get cloaro, yet could not como neore the land till we came about G8\ where iudocdo wo saw tho shoaro, but could not como to it by eight or nine leagues, for the groat ubundanco of ico. This was on tho fouro and twentiorh day of July; then spent wo three daycs more to see if couueniently woo could como to anchor to make triall of the tides ; but tho ico led vs into tho latitude of G5° 10'. Then weo left off socking to tho west shoaro, because weo were in the indraft of Cumberland ^ Sir John Ross remarks upon the accuracy of BafTiu's latitude of Lancaster Sound. See page 3 for some account of Sir James Lan- caster. Sir .fiimci LiiiiciiMtorti SuuiiU. They roo Liuifl, niid Unci tlium- RcliioH oin- bracod. Oumbor- luiiU lies. I. ■ \ ; ( i:||i ■ . 1 t ' 1 n i i- ■ 1 j; 11 1' Cockin Sound, Rcuniy Onisso. Six men. Its THE FIFTH RECORDED VOYAGE OF Ilos, and should know no certaintie, and hope of passage could be none. Now seeing that wee had made an end of our discouery, and the yeare being too farro spent to goe for the bottonio of the bay to search for drest finnes ; therefore wee de- termined to goe for the coast of Groincland to see if wo could get some refreshing for our men ; Master Herbert and two more hauing kept their cabins aboue eight dayes (besides our cooke, Richard Waynam, which died the day before, being the twenty-six of July), and diuers more of our company so weake, that they could doe but little labour. So the winde fauouring vs, we came to anchor in the latitude of 65° 45', at six a clocke in the euening, the eight aiid twentieth day, in a place called Cockin Sound. ^ The next day, going on shoare on a little iland, we found great abundance of the herbo called scuruie gnisse, which we boyled in bcere, and so dranko thereof, vsing it also in sallets, with sorrell and orpen, which hero groweth in abundance ; by meanes hereof, and the blessing of God, all our men within eight or nine dayes space were in perfect health, and so continued till our arriuall in England. Wee rode in this place three dayes before any of the people came to vs ; then, on the first of August, six of the inhabitants in their canoas brought us salmon peele, and such like, which was a great refreshment to our men ; the next day following, the same six came againe, but after that we saw them no more vntill the sixt day, when we had wayed anchoi', and were almost cleere of the harbour ; then the same six and one more brought vs of the like commo- dities, for which we gaue them glasse beads, counters, and small peeces of iron, which they doe as much esteeme as wo Christians do gold and siluer. * Sco note at page 16. Baffin, at page 16, gives the latitude of Cockin Sound at 65" 20' N. Perhaps this 65° 45' is a misprint for 65^ 25'. WILLIAM JJAFl'IN. 119 passage iscouery, bottom o wee (lo- iee if WG Herbert ht daj'es the clay more of ut little nchor in ling, the Dund.i i^e found e, which also in iveth in God, all perfect ' of the K of the ele, and en ; the ut after we had r ; then commo- 3rs, and le as wo titude of print for In this Sound wo saw such great scoles of sahnon swiui- I'lcityot uiing to and fro that it is much to bo admired; here it """"''"' floweth about cightccne footo water, and is at the highest on the change day ut scuen a clocke : it is a ueiy good har- bour, and easie to be knovvne, hauiiig thi-ee round high hila like pirumides close adioyning to the mouth of it, and that in the niiddest is lowest, and along all this coast are many good harbours to be found, by reason that so many ilands lye off from the maine. The sixt of August, by three a clocke in the afternoone, wee were cleere of this place, hauing a north north west winde, and faire weather, and the liord sent vs a speedy and good passage homeward as could be wished; for, in nincteene dayes after, wee saw land on the coast of Ireland, it being on the fine and twentieth day ; the seuen and twentieth at noone we were two leagues from Silly, and the thirtieth day, in the morning, wee anchored at Doner in the roade, for the which and all other His bless- ings the Lord make vs thankful!. Masttr Baffin his Letter to the ri'jht WorshippfuU Sir John WoLSTENHOLME, oue of the chiefe Adventurers for the discovery of a passueje to the North-west. Worthy Sir, there needs no filling a Journall or short Discourse with preamble, circumstance, or complemc t; and therefore I will onely tell I am proud of my remem- brance, when I expresse your worth to my conceit ; and glad of my good fortune, when I can auoid the imputation of ingratitude, by acknowledgeing your many favours; and seeing it is not vnknowne to your worship in what estate the businesse concerning the North-West hath beene hereto- fore; and how the only hope was in searching Fretum 150 THE FIFTH RECORDED VOYAGE OP tsil'l.l Davis ; which if your selfQ had not beene the more forward, the action had wel-nigh beene left of. Now it remayneth for your worship to know what hath beene performed this yeero ; wherefore I intreat you to admit of my custome, and pardon me if I take the plaine highway in relating the par- ticulars, without vsing any refined phrases, or eloquent speeches. Therefore briefly thus, and as it were in the fore-front, I entend to shew the whole proceeding of the voyage in a word : as namely, there is no passage nor hope of passage in the north of Davis Straights. We hauing coasted all, or neere all the circumference thereof, and finde it to be no other then a great bay, as the voyage doth truely shew. Wherefore I cannot but much admire the woike of the Almightie, when I consider how vaine the best and chiefest hopes of men are in thinges vncertaine ; and to speake of no other then of the hopeful passage to the North -West. How many of the best sort of men haue set their whole endeauoures to proouo a passage that wayes ? not onely in conference, but also in writing and publishing to the world. Yea, what great summes of money hauo been spent about that action, as your worship hath costly experience of. Neither would the vain-glorious Spaniard haue scattered abroad so many false maps and journals, if they had not beene confident of a passage this way ; that if it had pleased God a passage had beene found, they might haue eclipsed the worthy prayse of the adventurers and true discouerers. And for my owne part I would hardly haue beleeued the contrary vntill my eyes became witnesse of what I desired not to haue found ; still taking occasion of hope on euery likelihood, till such time as we had coasted almost all the circumference of this great bay. Neither was Master Davis to be blamed in his report and groat hopes, if hee had anchored about Hope Sanderson,^ to hauo taken notice 1 See page 140 and note. ^Vi* Jj' WILLIAM BAFFIN. 151 of the tydes. For to that place, which is 72° 12', the sea is open, and of an vnsearchablo depth, and of a good colour : onely the tydes keepe a certaine course, nor rise but a small height, as eight or nine foote ; and the flood comnieth from the southward ; and in all the bay beyond that place the tyde is so small, and not much to be regarded. Yet by reason of snow melting on the land, the ebb is stronger then the floud ; by meanes whereof, and the windes holding northerly the fore part of the yeere, the great iles of ice are set to the southward, som into Fretum Hudson, and other into Newfoundland : for in all the channell where the sea is open, are greate quantities of them driuing vp and downe ; and till this yeere not well knowne where they were bred. Now that the worst is knowne (concerning the passage) it is necessarie and requisite your worship should vnder- stand what probabilitie and hope of profit might here be made hereafter, if the voyage might bee attempted by fit- ting men. And first, for the killing of whales ; certaine it is, that in this bay are great numbers of them, which the Biscayners call the Grand Bay whales, of the same kind as are killed at Grecneland, and as it seemeth to me, easie to be strooke, because they are not vsed to be chased or beaten. For we being but one day in Whale Sound (so called for the number of whales we saw there sleeping, and lying aloft on the water, not fearing our ship, or ought else) ; that if we had beene fitted with men and things ne- cessarie, it had beene no hard matter to hauo strooke more then would have made three ships a sauing voyage ; and that it is of that sort of whale theare is no feare. I being twise at Greeneland^ tooke sufficient notice to know thera againe ; besides a dead whale we found at sea, hauing all her finnes (or rather all the rough of her raouth),^ of which with much labour we got one hundred and sixtie the same evening we found her : and if that foule wetlier and a ^ Spitsbergen. ^ Wliale bone. 162 THE FIFTH RECORDED VOYAQB OP ii' i storme the next day had not followed, we had no doubt but to haue had all, or the most part of them : but tlio winde and sea rising, shee broke from vs, and wo wore forced to leaue her ther. Neither are they onely to bo looked for in Whale Sound, but also in Smith's Sound, Wolstenholme's Sound, and others, etca. For the killing of sea-morse I can give no certaintie, but onely this : that our bote being but onco a shore in all the north part of this bay, which was in the entrance of Alder- man Jones his Sound ; at their returne our men told vs they saw many morses alonge by the shore on the ice ; but our ship being under sayle, and the winde comming faire, they presently came aboord without further search : besides, the people inhabiting about 74°, tould vs by diuers signes, that toward the north were many of those beasts, having two long teeth ; and shewed vs diuers peeces of the same. As for the sea-unicorne, it being a great fish, haning a long home or bone growing forth of his forehead or nostrils (such as Sir Martin Frobisher, in his second voyage, found one), in diuers places we saw of them : which, if the home be of any good value, no doubt but many of them may be killed. As concerning what the shore will yeeld, as beach-finnes, morse-teeth, and such like, I can say little, because we came not on shore in any of the places where hope was of findinge them. But here som may obiect why we sought that coast no better ? To this I ansvvere, that while we wore thereabout, the wether was so exceeding foule, we could not; for first we anchored in Wolstenholme Sound, where presently we drone with two anchors a head; then were we forced to stand forth with a low saile. The next day, in Whale Sound, we lost an anchor and cable, and could fetch the place no more; then we came to anchor neere a small iland, lying between Sir Thomas Smith's Sound and Whale WILLIAM BAFFIN. 15: Sound : but the winde camo more outward, that we were forced to weigh againe. Neuerthelesso, if we had bene in a good harbor, hauing but our ship's bote, we durst not send her farre from the ship, having so few men (as seven- teen in all), and sora of them very weake : but the chiefe cause we spent so little time to seeke a harbor, was our great desire to performe the discouery; having the sea open in all that part, and still likelihood of a passage ; but when we had coasted the land so farre to the southward, that hope of passage was none, then the yeere was too farre spent, and many of our men very weake, and withall we hauing some beliefe that ships the next yeere would be sent for the killing of whales, which might doe better than we. And seeing I have briefly set doune what hope there is of making a profitable voyage, it is not vnfit your worship should know what let or hindrance might be to the same. The chiefest aud greatest cause is, that som yeere it may happen by reason of the ice lying betwecne 72 and a halfe and 76 degrees, no minutes, that the ships cannot com into those places till toward the middest of July, so that want of time to stay in the countrey may be some let : yet they may well tarry till the last of August, in which space much busi- nesse may be done, and good store of oile made. Neuer- theless, if store of whales come in (as no feare to the contrarie) what cannot bo made in oyle, may be brought home in blubber, and the fiunes will arise to good profit. Another hinderance will be, because the bottome of the sounds will not be so soone clcere as would bee wished ; by meanes whereof, now and then a whale may be lost. (The same case sometimes chanccth in Greeneland.) Yet I am perswaded those sounds before named will all be cleere before the twentieth of July : for we, this yeere, were in Whale Sound the fourth day, amongst many whales, and might have strooke them without let of ice. Furthermore, there is little wood to bo expected either 154 THE FIFTH RECORDED VOYAGE OF DAFPIN. for fire, or other necessaries ; therefore coales and other such thinges must be prouided at home; they will be so much the readier there. This much I thought good to certifie your worship, wherein I trust you will conceiue that much time hath not beene spent in vaine, or the businesso ouer carelessly neglected ; and although we hauo not performed what we desired (that is, to have found the passage), yet what we have promised (as to bring certaiutie and a true description), truth will make manifest that I haue not much erred. And I dare boldly say (without boasting) that more good discouerie hath not in shorter time (to my i-emembrance) beene done since the action was attempted, considering how much ice we have passed, and the difficultie of sayling so neere the pole (vpon a trauerse). And above all, the variation of the compasse, whose wonderfull operation is such in this bay, increasing and decreasing so suddenly, and swift, being in some part, as in Wolstenholme Sound and in Sir Thomas Smith's Sound, varied aboue fiue points or 5G°, a thing almost incredible and matchlesse in all the world beside ;^ so that without great care and good obserua- tions, a true description could not have beene had. 1 On the subject of Baffin's observcationa for variation see also page 145, and the marginal note there, referring to the work of Dr, Gilbert. Ualfia evidently paid much attention to questions relating to terres- trial magnetism and to phenomena connected Avith the magnetic needle. The variation had been observed in London since 1580, and in 1581 William Borough published his Discourse of the Coiitpass or Mayiictical Needle. A second edition appeared in 1596. This was followed in 1585 by a work entitled " The newe Attractive^ containing a short discourse of the magnet, or loadstone, and among other his Vertues of a new dis- covered Secret and subtil propertie, concerning the declining of the needle touche, and therewith under the plaine of the horizon, now first found out by Robert Norman, Hydrographer". New editions of the New Attractive appeared in 1596 and 1601. The great work of Dr. Gilbert, of Colchester, referred to in the marginal note at page 145, was published in 1600. The title was, De mn(/nctc, mnfjneticisque cor- jwribus, et de mayno mwjiiete tellure ; Phi/sioloyia 7(oi/'a, phirimis et argu- A BRIEPE DISCOURSE ON A NORTH WEST PASSAGE. 155 In fine, whatsoeuer my labours aro, or shall be, I osteemo them too little to exprosse my thankfull mintle for your many fauoui's, wherein I shall be ever studious to supply my other wants by my best emloauours, and euor rest at your worship's command, William Baffin. A briefc Discourse of the probabilitie of a passfigo to the Wcstcrno or South Sea, illusti'atod with testinionios : and a briofe Treatise and Mappe by ^LvsTEit liuiaoB:s. I thought good to addo somewhat to this relation of Master Baffin, that learned-vnlearned mariner and mathe- matician, who, wanting art of words, so really employed himselfe to those industries, whereof hero you see so eui- dent fruits. His mappes and tables would hauo much mentis et experbnentis demonstrata. Dr. Gilbert pointed out, for the first time, the magnetic properties of the eartli, and showed that tlie earth, by its directive force, performed, relating to tiie compass needle, tSe office of a real magnet. Baffin must have studied the works of Borough, Norman, and Gil- bert ; and he strove diligently, by his own observations, to furnish new materials for the study of magnetic pheuoniona. Thus the scientific results of Baffin's voyages are still valuable, for the changes in the mag- netic inclination and declination of places in the earth's surface make the comparison of observations taken at different periods a most important element in the study of terrestrial magnetism. In 16H0, the variation at London was 11:|^ E. ; in 1818, it was 24.3 "\V'. ; and in 1878, it was 18^ W. At the Cape of Good Hope there was no variation in 1608 ; in IS'IO, it was 29 W. ; and in 1878, it was .'30 W. It is due to the first observers, such as Baffin, that these changes are known to us. Without Baffin's observations, Professor liansteen, of Christiauia, could not have constructed the first of his series of magnetic maps. It is a variation map for IGOO. AhirdchDnjxkurtc filr das Julir ICOO, tiio second for 1700, the third for 1756, and the fourth for 1770, See Mag- nclischer Atlas gchorig znm Mai/nclismus dcr Erdc\ von C'hr. Ilanstecn, Professor, Christiauia, 1819 (folio). 15G A URIEFE DlSCOURSli! '.; ! IIm BalTlna UuulU. illustrated his voyaj^es, if trouble, and cost, and his owno despaire of passage that way, had not made vs willing to content our selues with that mappe following of that thrice learned (and, in this argument, three times thrice indus- trious) mathematician, Master Briggos,' famous for his read- ings in both vniuersities and this honourable citie, that I make no further voyage of discouery to fiude and follow tha remote passage and extent of his name. Master Baffin told mee, that they supposed the tyde from the north-west, about Digges Hand, was misreported, by mistaking the houre, eight for eleuen, and that hee would, if hee might get employment, search the passage from Japan, by the coast of Asia {qua data forta) any way he could. But in the Indies he dyed, in the late Ormus businesse, slaine in fight with a shot, as hee was trying his mathematicall proiects and conclusions. Now for that discouery of Sir Thomas Button, I haue solicited him for his noates, and receiued of him gentle entertainment and kinde promises : but being then forced to stay in the citie vpon necessary and vrgent affaires, he would at his returne home seeke and impart them. Since I heare that weightie occasions haue detained him out of England, and I cannot communicate that which I could not receiue : which if I doe receiue, I purpose rather to give thee out of due place, then not at all. Once he was uery confident in conference with me of a passage that way, and paid that he had therein satisfied his Maiestie, who from 1 Henry Briggs, a Yorksliireinan, was born in 1556, and became pro- fessor of geometry at Oxford in 159G. lie promoted the use of loga- ritlmis first explained by Lord Napier in 1G14, and made a journey to Edinburgh on purpose to confer with the discoverer. In 1G29 Briggs printed his Arithmetica Logarithmica. lie also published the first six books of Euclid. He was a promoter of the voyage of N. W. Fox, but did not live to see its departure. The great mathematician died at Oxford on January 26th, 1630. Fox, who sailed in 1631, named a group of islands in Hudson's Bay " Briggus his Mathemutickes". ON A NORTH WEST PASSAOE. 157 his discourso in private inforrod the nocessitio thereof. And the maino argument was the course of the t^do : for wintering in Port Nelson (see the following niappe) hoo found the tydo rising cuery twcluo honros fiftecne foote, (whereas in the bottomo of liudsons Bay it was but two foote, and in the bottorae of Frotum Davis, discouered by Baffin, but one) ; yea, and a west winde equalled the nep tydes to the spring tydes : plainely arguing the neighbour- hood of the soa, which is on the west side of America. The summer following, he found, about the latitude of 60^, a sti'ong race of a tido, running sometimes eastward, sometimes westward; whereupon Josias llubljard in his plat called that place Hubbarts Hope, as in the map appcareth. Now Hupur'''^ if any make scruple because this discoucry was not persued by Sir Thomas Button, let him consider that, being Prince Henries seruant, and partly by him employed (whence I thinke he named the country New Wales), the vntimoly death of that prince put all out of ioint ; nor was hee so open that others should haue the glory of his discouerie.^ 1 There was, for some unexplained reason, a good deal of obstruction placed in the way of those who sought for information respecting Sir Tliomas Button's voyage. The instructions were drawn up by Henry, Prince of Wales, in 1G12. Button was ordered to make the best of his way up Hudson's Strait to Digges Island, carefully observing the tides and currents, the elevation and variation of the compass, and the latitude, as well as the distance of the moon from any fixed stars of note. All observations were to be entered in a book, to be delivered to the Prince on the return of the expedition. J)igge8 Island was appointed as the rendezvous for the two ships. The two ships were the Rcsolnlinn (commanded by Sir Thomas Button) and the Discovery (Captain Ingram). After a stay of eight days at Digges Island, the expedition steered N.W., and fell in with land which Button named " Gary's Swan's Nest", on August 13th, 1612. They then anchored at the month of a river which was named Port Nelson, after the Master of the nisolutiou, who died there. Button was thus the first navigator who reached the western side of Hudson's Bay. Here the expedition wintered. The men suffered severely from sickness, although they seem to have obtained great numbers of ptarmigan, flosias Ilubart was the pilot of the Resolution, and, on the braikiug up of the ice, he 168 A BRIKFE DISCOURSE And if any man thinko that tho passage is so farro, as the maps vso to oxprosso America, running out into the west, it is easily answered, that either of negligence, or ouor-bisie diligence, maps by Portugals in the oast, and Spaniards in tho west, haue boene falsely proiected. Hence, that fabu- lous strait of Anian, as before by Francis Gaule's testimonie and navigation is euidont.^ And hence tho Portugals, to bring in the Moluccas to that liioity of the world, agreed vpon betwixt tho Spaniards and thorn, are thought to haue much curtailed Asia and tho longitude of those ilands, giuing fewer degrees to them then in iust longitude is requisite. So tho older maps of America make the land from the Magclane Straits to tho South Sea runne much west, when as they rather are contracted somewhat easterly from the north. The like is iustly supposed of their false placing Quinira,^ and I know not (nor they neither) what countries they make in America to run so farre north-westward, which Sir Francis Drake's voyage in that sea (his Nova ^ Albion being little further westward than Aquatulco)'* plainely euince to be otherwise. Yea, the late map of California, found to be an iland, the sauages discourses in all the countries northwards and westwards from Virginia, fame advised that a north-westerly course should bo steered. They got as far north as 65° on July 29th, 1613, and then turned southwards, dis- covering Mansel's Islands on August 4th. The return of Sir Thomas Button did not discourage the adventurers, who considered that his dis- coveries gave fresh hopes for a north-west passage. 1 This is Francisco de Gali, a Spanish pilot, who made a voyage from Acapulco to Manilla, in 1583, returning so as to strike the coast of California in b7° 30' N. His narrative is given in Linschoten (1598) and Ilakluyt, He proved that there was no Strait of Anian where it had been placed in 38° N., but a wide ocean between Japan and California. The question is discussed by Davis in his Worlde^s HydrotjrapMcal Description (p. 211). 2 On the coast of Drake's " New Albion", near Capo Mendocino. 3 " This easily appeareth in obseruiug his voiage, and comparing that before of Fr. Gaul therewith." * On the coast of Mexico. '• - ON A NORTH WKST ['ASSAOE. l.OO liat wlioroof filled my friond Master Dormer with so much con- fidence, that hearing of strange ships which came thither for a kind of yro or oartli, tho men vsing forkes in their diet, with caldrons to drosse their meate, etc., things nothing sntablo to any parts of America, hee supposed tliera to come from the east, neere to China or Japan, and, therefore, ho made a voyage purposely to discouor, but, crossed with diuers disasters, ho returned to Virginia, frustrate of accomplishment that yoare, but fuller of con- fidence, as in a letter from Virginia he signified to me, where death ended that his designo soon after. But how often are the vsuall charts reiccted by cxporieiico in naui- gations in this worke recorded ? Painters and poets aro not alwayes the best oracles. For further proofes of a passage about those parts into the West Sea (or South, as it is called from the first discouery thereof to tho south, from the parts of New Spain, whence it was first descried by the Spaniards), there is mention of a Portugall (and taken in a carricke in Queeno Elizabeth's dayca, of glorious memory) confirming this opinion. Sir Martin Frobisher, also from a Portugall in Gulnio, receiued intelligence of such a passage, he saying he had past it. The pilots of Lisbone are said generally to acknowledge such a thing, and the Admirall of D. Garcia Geoffroy Loalsa, of Cito- Ileal, in the time of Charles the Fifth, is reported by the coast of Baccalaos and Labrador to hauo gone to the Moluccas. Vasco di Coronado writ to tho empcrour that at Cibola he was one hundred and fiftie leagues from tho South Sea, and a little more from the North. ^ Antonio do Herera, the king's choronista maior (part of whose woi-ke followeth) maketh with vs also in tlie distances of places by him described. But to produce some authority more full, I hauehere presented Thomas Cowles, a marriner, and Master ' All this is discussed in tlic Worldc's Hi/drof/raphical Description by Davis. (See Voyages of Davis, p. 212 and note.) 160 A nniEPE DISCOURSE ON A NORTH WEST PASSAGE. I Micliaol Locko, merchant, nnd nftor thoin a littlo treatise as- cribed to Master Uriggos, together vvitli his map. And if any thinko that the Spaniard or Tortugall would soono hano discouorod such a passage, those will answere that it was not for their profit to expose their East or West Indies to English, Dutch, or others, whom they would not hauo sharers in those remote treasures by so neero a passage. First, Thomas Cowles auerrcth thus much : — "I, Thomas Cowles, of Bedmester, in the countio of Somerset, marriner, doe acknowledge that six years past, at my being at Lisbon, in the kingdome of I'ortugall, I did hearo one Martin Cliacke, a Portugall of Lisbon, reade a booko of his owne making, which he had set out six ycares before that time, in print, in the Portugalo tongue, declaring that the said Martin Chacko had found, twoluo yeai-es now past, a way from the Portugall Indies through a gulf of the Newfound Land, which he thought to be in 59' of the eleua- tion of the North Pole. By meanes that hee, being in the said Indies, with foure other shippes of great burden, and he himselfe in a small shippe of fourscore tunnes, was driuen from the company of the other four shippes with a westerly winde, after which hee past alongst by a great number of Hands, which were in the gulfe of the said Newfound Land. And after hee ouershot the gulfe, he set no more sight of any other land vutill he fell with the north-west part of Ireland ; and from thence he took his course homewards, and by that meanes hee came to Lisbone foure or fine weekes befom f ho other foure ships of his company that he was scparn jd frum, as before said. And since the same time, ^ nouer see any of those books, because the king con uled them to be called in, and no moi'e of them to be pi inter! lest in time it would be to their hindrance. In witnessc -.hereof I set to my hand and marke, the ninth of April Anno 1579. 8'roRY fULD nV JUAN UK KUl'A. 01 A Note made by inc, Michael Lok the older, toiicliiiiiif tho Strait of Soa, coiDnunily cnUod Fretilin Auiaii, in the South Soa, tliroiifj;h tho North-west passage of Mcta Incognita. M-in When I was at VenicOj in Aprill 1596, happily arrinod there an old man, about threescore yoaros of age, called commonly Juan de Fuca, but named properly Apostolos Valerianos, of nation a Greeke, borne in the Hand Cofa- lonia, of profession a mariner, and an ancient pilot of shippes. This man being come lately out of Spainc, ar- riued first at Ligorno,^ and went thence to Florence, in / Italic, where he found one John Dowglas, an Englishman, a famous mariner, ready comming from Venico, to be pilot of a Venetian ship, named Ragasonn, for England, in whose company they came both together to Venice. And John Dowglas being well acquainted with me before, he gaue mo knowledge of this Greeke pilot, and brought him to my speech ; and in long talke and conference betweene vs, in presence of John Dowglas, this Greeke pilot declared, in the Italian and Spanish languages, thus much in effect, as followeth : — First he said, that he had bin in the West Indies of Spaine by the space of fortie yeeres, and had sailed to and from many places thereof, as mariner and pilot, in the seruice of the Spaniards. Also he said, that he was in the Spanish shippe, which, in returning from the Hands, Philippinas and China, towards Noua Spania, was robbed and taken at the Cape California, ' Here we see the commencement of -the gradual process of cormpt- iiiff Livorno into Leghorn. «pip i i m M' S i! * ;> r Captaino C'liiidisli. 1G2 VOYAGE OF JUAN DE FUCA. by Captaino Candisli, Englishman, whereby ho lost sixtie thousand tluckets, of his ovvne goods. ^ Also ho said, that ho was pilot of three small ships, which the Vizeroy of Mexico sent from Mexico, armed with one hundred men, souldiers, vnder a captaine, Span- iards, to discouer the Straits of i^.nian, along the coast of tho South Sea, and to fortifie in that strait, to resist the passogo and proceedings of the English nation, which were feared to passe through those straits into the South Sea. And that by reason of a mutinio, which happened among the souldiers, for the sodoraie of their captaine, that voyage was ouerthrowne, and the ships returned backe from California coast to Nona Spania, without any effect of thing done in that voyage : and that after their returne, the captaine was, at Mexico, punished by iustice. Also }.e said, that shortly after the said voyage was so ill ended, t le said Vizeroy of Mexico sent him out againo. Anno 1592, with a small cavauela, and a pinnace, armed with mariners onely, to follow the said voyage, for discouery of the same Straits of Anian, and the passage thereof, into the sea which they call the North Sea, which is our north- west sea. And that he followed his course in that voyage, west and north-west, in the South Sea, all alongst the coast of Nona Spania and California, and the Indies, now called North America (all which voyage hoo signified to me in a great map, and a sea-card of mine owne, which I laied before him) untill hee came to the latitude of forty-seueu degrees, and that there finding that the land trended north and north-east, with a broad inlet of sea, betweene forty- Lami trend- scuon and forty-eifc'ht degrees of latitude, heo entred there- into, sa.yling there in more then twentie dayes, and found that land trending still sometime north-west, and north-east and north, and also east and sr ith-eastv^ard, and very much ' Cavendisli cipturocl this prize off Cape San Lucas, on November 14th, 1587. v^ VOYAGE OF JUAN DE PUCA. lG;j so ill t'cmbor broader sea then was at the. said entrance, and that hee passed by diners Islands in that sayling. And that, at the entrance of this said strait, there is, on the north-west coast thereof, a great hedland or iland, with an exceeding- high pinacle, or spired rocke, like a piller thereupon. Also he said, that he went on land in diners places, and that he saw some people on land clad in beasts skins ; and that the land is very fruitfuU, and rich of gold, siluer, poarlc, and other things, like Nona Spania. And also he said that ho being entred thus farre into the said strait, and being come into the North Sea already, and finding the sea wide enough euery where, and to be about thirtie or fortio leagues wide in the mouth of the ^f'^i,'""""' Straits, where he entred, hee thought ho had now well ^vhi'i'if i',c> discharged his office, and done the thing which he was sent Iio'icaKuos to doe ; and that hee not being armed to resist the force of the saluage people that might happen, hee therefore set saylc, and returned homewards againe towards Nona Spania, where hee arriued at Acapulco, Anno 1592, hoping to bo rewarded greatly of the Viceroy, for this seruice done in this said voyage. Also he said, that after his comming to Mexico, hee was greatly welcommed by the Viceroy, and had great promises of great reward, but that hauing sued there two ycares time, and obtained nothing to his content, the Viceroy told him that he should be rewarded in Spaine of the king hiin- selfe very greatly, and willed him, therefore, to goo into Spaine, which voyage he did performo. Also ho si'xl, that when he was come into Spaine, he was greatly welcom ned there at the Kings Court, in wordos al'tor the Spanish manner ; but after long time of suite there also, hee could not get any reward there neither, to his content. And that, therefore, at the length ho stole away out of Spaine, and came into Italic, to go home againe and Hue among his ovvne kindred and countvii'ien, ho very old. H 2 uomg 164 OFFER OP JUAN DE FUCA. f 'KF. Also ho said, that hee thought the cause of his ill rewartl , had of tho Spaniards, to boo for that thoy did not vnder- stand very well, that tho English nation had now giuen ouer all their voyages for discouerie of the North-West Passage, wherefore they need not feare them any more to come that way into the South Sea, and therefore they needed not his sci'uiee therein any more. Also he said, that in regard of this ill reward had of the Spaniards, and vnderstondingo of the noble minde of the Queene of England, and of iier warres maintayned so vali- antly against tho Spaniards and hoping that her Maiestio would doe him iustice for his goods lost by Oaptaino Candish, he would bee content to goo into England, and serue her Maiestie in that voyage, for tho discouerie, perfectly, of the North-West Passage into the South Sea, and would put his life into her Maiesties hands to performe the same, if shoe would furnish him with onoly ono ship of fortie tunnes burden, and a pinnasso, and that ho would performe it in u!T)fi dis-"'"' thirtic days time, from one end to the other of the Streights, and he willed me so to write into England. And vpon this conference had twise with the said Greeko pilot, I did write thereof accordingly into England, vnto the right honourable the old Lord Treasurer Cecill, and to Sir Walter Raleigh, and to Master Richard Hakluyt, that famous cosmographei', certifying them hereof by my letters. And in the behalf© of the said Greeke pilot, I prayed them to disburse one hundred pounds of money, to bring him into England with my selfe, for that my owne purse would not stretch so wide at that time. And I had answere hereof by letters of friends, that this action was very well liked, and greatly desired in England to bee effected; but tho money was not readie, and therefore this action dyed at that time, though the said Greeke pilot perchance liueth still this day at home, in his owne countrio inCefalonia, towards tho which place he went from me within a fortnight after this confcrenrf* hrtd ;it V^onice. (•(iiieroil in 'M) (liiyes. MICHAEL LOK AND JUAN DE FUCA. 165 And in the mcane time, while I followed my owno busi- nesse in Venice, being in law-suit against the Companio of Merchants of Turkic, and Sir John Spencer, their Go- uornour, in London, to recouer my pension due for my office of being their Consult at Aleppo, in Turkic, which thoy held from me wrongfully. Aud when I was (as I thought) in a readinesse to returne home into England, for that it pleased the Lords of her Maiesties honourable Priuie Counsell in England to looko into this cause of my law-suit for my rcliefe, I thought that I should be able, of my owno purse, to take with mo into England the said Greoke pilot. Aud therefore 1 wrote unto him from Venice a letter, dated in July 159G, which is copied hore-vnder. "Al Mcu/o. SilQ.~Patiennc (140 tons), forty men and boys. James Hall (deneral). William Ilimtriss (Mastor's Mato). VViLMAM Haffin (Pilot). John Gatonhy (Quarter Maxtor). William (Jordon (Master's Mate). Mr. Wilkinson (Merchuiit). John Ilemsley (Master's Mato). James Carlisle (Goldsmith). II. 1018.— T/V/er (260 tons). Benjamin Joseph (General). William Baffin (Pilot) Thomas Sherwin (Master). Master Spencer (Master's Mato). III. IGU.—Thomasine. Thomas Sherwin (Master). William Baffin (Pilot). Robert Fotherby (Master's Mate). Robt. Hambleton (Master's Mate). IV. lGl5.--Diiicoverij (55 tons), fourteen men and two boys, llobert Bylot (Master). William Baffin (Pilot). V. WIG.— Discovery (55 tons), fourteen men and two boys. Kobert Bylot (Master). Master Herbert. William Baffin (Pilot). Richard Waynam (Cool.). VI. 1617-19.— /i/jHc Rmjal (1057 tons). Andrew Shilling (Master). Joseph Salbanke (Merchant). William Baffin (Master's Mate). Richard Barber (Merchant). Edward Haynes (Merchant). VII. 1620-22.— London. Andrew Shilling (General). Archibald Jennison (Master's Mate) William Baffin (Master). P]dwyn Guy (Purser's Mate). Bartholomew Symonds (Surgeon). John Barker (Merchant). Nicholas Crispe (Purser). Edward Monox (Merchant). John Woolhouse (Chaplain). liobert Jcfferies (Merchant). ■PR INDEX. CONTENTS OF THE INDEX. I. — I,TST OK Persons mkntioned in Baffin's Voyagks - - I7<> 11. — i^NiMAL.? AND Plants mkntionkd in Baffin's Voyagks - 178 III. — List op Si'Itzbkiuikn Namks .mkntioniu) by Baffin* and FOTHKUBY - - - - - - 179 IV.— Namfs in Hudson's Strait mentionkd by Baffin - - 180 V,— (JitEKNLAND AND BAFFIN BaY NaMFS MKNTIONED BY BaFFIN - 181 VI. — General Index - - - - - 182 LIST OF TEllSONS MENTIONED IN BAFFIN'S VOYAGES. li f\ m i Baffin, William, juisslm. Ball, Ilichiuxl, 3. A London incr- clianfc, iulvonturor h\ tlio Grtun- laud voyago of 1(112. Ball'.s rivcir, a fionl (i]>i;iiiiig on Godthaab liar- l)()iir wa,s named after him. Barker, Andrew, 13, 24, 26. Master of the Iicart's Ease in the Green- land voyage? of ltJ12, and took chief command on the death of Hall. An old and experimiced seaman. Warden of the Huh Trinity House, lOOfJ, 1013, 1U18. Bonner, Thos., 44, ,'50, 52, 72. Ma.sfcer of au Amsteidam .shi)) iu Spitz- bergeu iu 1613, which was caj)- tured by the En<.;lish, and sent niirthward for di.scovery under Captain Marniadidie. Button, Sir Thomas, 134. Com- mander of a)i expedition of diseo- verv in Hudson's 15ay in 1G12-13, wittering to Nel.son l{i\er. His si ip was the Oiscuvan/, th'; same '.liiji in which Bailin made his two voyar-'cs in 1614 and 1615. Bylot, iiohert. 111, 138. Ma.ster of the Disfitvcri/ when Baffin was jiilot in 16i;) a. id 16K5. He alsoseived with lliid.'nn'. in his last voy,n<;;e, and with l>iittc. and (Jibljous, always in the Ihsrorcri/. Carlisle, James, 2.'5, 33. Gnldomith in Hall's Gri.'cnland expedition, 1612. Cary, Allwyu, 111, 146. Shi])'s hus- band for the [ikcorerij iu the voy- age (if 161o and 1616. Cockayne, Sir Willi.im, 4. Adven- tuier for Hall's Gi-eenl'.iifl voyage of 1612. For a uo'ice of him, lee n(jte at p. 4. Cooi)er, ]\Iaster, 49. In the Spitz- bergen voyage ot 1613. Complaint against him by the master of the French ship vvlm had been allowed to fish. Cuilnei', Master, .'J2. Merchant on lioard a ship of Alborongh called the Desire, in Spitzbergen in 1613. Davis, John, 8, 1311, 140, 150. Kefer- encci to his disc(jveries of Cape Farewell, Londju Coast, and Hope Sander.SdU, and to his views re- S]j';cting a passage. Digge,s, Sir Dudley, 103, 111, 138. See his life iu the Introduction, p. X to XVI. Edge, Thonii.s, 40, ."iO. In 1611 he went to Sp'.tzbe;gen in command of the Miiri/ Marijaret. I'he ticket of 1613 was under the joint command of Jose]>'i and Edge. Edge; maile several other voyages to Spilzber- treu dow! to 1616. y \\ 1' ( ^v I INDEX. 17' 17»( ]78 17!t 180 18] 182 Spitz- laint the owed lit nt on LllUt'd 613. Reler- Ciipe Hope V,-- re- n he iiid of ■t of iijiivnil made l/l)er- Fisher, Thos., 42. Gunner on hoard a French whip at Sjiitzhergen, 1(513. Fletcher, 5'1 Master of a ship from Alborongh called the JJi:!iire, 1618. I'^opj), Ca|itrtiii, 'k», 42, 43. Captain of a ship of Dunkirk, in Spitzbergen, 1613. Fotherhy, Robert, 54-79, 80-102. Au- thor of t!ie two narratives, 1613 and 1614, with Daffin. and of another, 1615. For a notice of him and his family, see note at p. 80. Frobi.'^her, Sir Martin, 152. Refer- ence to his bringhig homo a nar- whal'.s hiiin Gatonby, J,.lin, 1, 26, 27. Quarter- master of tno I'lit'wnce, in Hall's GrecTilanil V(jy;ige of 1612, of which he wrote a n;in-ative published in (Jhurchill. He went home master's mate of the Heart's L'ase. Gibbous, Cajitaiu, 111. ISent out in command of an expedition in 1614, but did nothing. Bylot was with hnn in the Dkcovenj. Gordon, William, 26, 52. Master's mate of the Path nee in Hair.s Green- land voyage of 1612. He was after- wards employed in .Spitzbergen voy- ages. Gretn, Mr., 68. One of the master's mates of the Matheiv in the Sjiitz- bergen voyage of 1613, who died on the way home. Hall, Jame , 3, 15, 22, 24, 25. Com- man_' at p. 3na mi/sticetus), 7, 46, 47, 49, 59, 71, 72, 73, 78, 88, 99, 139, 143, 144, 151, 152. White Whale {Belwja leucas), 71. Birds. Culverdumes, 62 ; Cuelverduns, 71. Probably a ccjrrupt form. Culver suggests a pigeon. Geese ( Bernicla Brenta), 62, 71. Gulls (Lams /), 71. Partridges {La:/ojjiis riipestris, Ptar- migan), 17, 71. Sea Pigeou.s ( f 'ria 'jriiUe, Dovekeya), 71 . Sea ParrotM [Fraterenla Arctica, Puf- fins), 71. Stints ( Trinija, Si,nd[iipers), 71. Wi Hocks [Uria arra, Guillemots), 62, 71, 136. Fish. But Fi.sh, Halibut (Pleur'nectkes hippo- '/lossus) (Torbut ? K'jt'ii , p. 91), 19. Cod {Gadr-), li,!. 71. Musk Fish (0, 19. SaluKJu {S(dino saJar\ 36, 71. Salmon Trout {Sid mo carpio), 18, 19. Salmon Peel, 148. Plants. — Grkknland. Angelica {Aichanijelica olJicinalis, Quan), 34. A little branch running along the ground, bearing a black berry (A'/«- petrum niyravi, Crowberry), 34. Grove of small wood, 6 or 7 feet higli K Betida al pest' is, dwarf birch), 34. Scurvy Grass {Cocldearia officinalis), 148. Sorrel [Oxyria reniformis), 148. Orpen, 148. (A yellow flowered sedum.) Name from orpine (orpiment), gold pigment. There are three scdnms (stouecrops), but all iu Sc'^.i Greenland: Scdum ainiuam, sedum rhodidla, sedum villosum). Plants. — Spitzblhukn. A white mos.s. 70. Strajigliiig gra.ss, with a bluish flower, like young heath, 70 {SiUiie /icuiilist a little purple flower, grows level with the moss, or, perhaps, Saxi- fraija oppositifolia). 4 i.-.?: felly INDEX. 179 SPITZBERGEN III. NAMES MENTIONED FOTHERBY. BY BAFFIN AM) Barren, Cape, 86, 87, 95, TOO. An island ea.stward of Hakluyt Head- land, the Vogelsang of Van Keii- len and modern charts. On August ^ 29th, 1613, Baffin and Fotherby sailed E.N.E. about 20 leagues from it. Thi.s would place their ship oft' the entrance of Hinlo[)en Strait, and about 25 miles from the shiiro. Bell Sound, 49, 63. In 77° 35' N. (70 inile.s from .south point of Spitz berj: n on west coast). Ketains the saiiiL- name. Black Point, 51. South j)oint of I'riiK'e Charles J.xland. Van Keulen makes the south point "Zuydhoek", and places Swarte Hoek further north, on the west coast of the island. Cold Cape, 52. On west coast of Prince Charles Lsland. On Swedish chart called Cape Sietoe. Cross Road, 85. Inlet in Spitzbergen, oppo.site north end of Prince Charles Island. Now called Cross Bay. Van Keulen has Kruys - baay, 79' 10' N. Deceit Point. 99. At the bottom of Red CliflTe Sound (now called Liefde Bay ), on north coast of Spitzbergen. So named by Fotherby, because he mistook it for an island. Fair Foreland, 40, 51, 59. North point of Prince Cliarles Island, 78" 53' N. Name preserved. This is probably the Vor/el I/orlc of Barents. Hudson was ott' it in June 1607. Fair Haven, 50, 83, 86, 88, 91, 95. North coa.st, 8 miles east of Hakluyt Headland, protected by Cloven Cliff, and other islands, 79° 50' N. Name preserved. Greene Harbour, 41, 45, 46, 48, 49, 69, 65, 71. On south side of Ice Sound, 78° 5' N. Name ])resiably "Red Bay" of the Swedi.sh chart, east of Fair Haven. Sae Queen Sophia, so named bv Hall in 1605, in 67" 15' N. Cumiingham Mount, 18. A high peak south of the Danish settlement of Holsteinborg, so named by Hall, 160 >. Called K(rrUiikimo. Hatelife Mount, 12, 15. Probably a misprint for lluntelilf. A hill so named by Hall in 1612, over Godt- haab. Hope Harbour, 12. The (iilbert Sound of Davis, and Godthiiiib of the Danes in 64"' 8' N. Hope Sanderson, 140, 150. The most northern point of Davis, on June 30th, 1587. Sighted by Baffin on May 30th, 1616. It is 3,300 feet high, in 72" 12' N. Home Sound, 143. So named by Baffin, just north of Cape Shackle- ton. Jones Sound, 146, 152. Discovered and named by Baffin, on July 10th, 1616. King's Fiord, 18, 26 ; or King Chris- tian's Fiord, named by Hall in 1605. Lancaster River, 13. A deep fiord ojiening on Godthaab harbour, named by Hall 1612. Lancaster Sound, 147. Discovered and named by Baffin, in 74° 20' N., on July 12th, 1616. London Coast, 139. Part of the Green- land Coast, so named by Davis. Queen Anne's Cape, 17. So named by Hall in 1605, after the wife of Chris- tian IV. In 66" 24' N. Queen Sophia's Cape, 25. So named by Hall in I6O.1, atter the mother of christian IV, the (jueen Dowager of Denmark. In 67° N. Ramel's Fiord, 23, 25, J6. So named by Hall in 1605, "Heurick Rom- mels Fjord '. It is the modern har- bour ot Holstewiborg. The settle- ment is in dd' 54' N. Smith's Sound, 145,152. Discovered and named by IJattin in July 1616. The entrance is in 78' 12' N. (Capo Alexander), 78" 22' N. (Cape Isa- bella). Throughgood Island, 18. Ou the 182 INDKX. Greeiilaiid OouHt, iioith of Cape Aime, SI) named by Hull in 1012. Whiile Sound, 14;-., If)!, If.-J. Di.s- covert,' and named by BaHiii in IHlil. In 77" 5' N. Wilkinson Islands, 12. l.slvnds ho named by Hall in Itil'i, oW Godt hiuib. Wolstenholme Sound, 144, IS'J. Dis- covered and named by Baltin on July 3id, IGlt). Women IwiiUids, 141. Disuovered and named by P.aflin. He gives the lati- tude 7-r ir,' N. They inehide Uiier- nivik, which is in 72" 48' N. VI. GENERAL INDEX. Abbas the Great, Shah of Persia, joins with the English to drive the Portu- guese out of Ormuz, xliii Abbot, Arcli' ishop, tutor and friend of Sir Du( ley Digges, xii, xiii Abbott, Sir Maurice. Son of Sir Dud- ley Digges married to a daughter of, xiv ; Inspects Captain Pring's tleet, xxxvii Adams, Robert, master of the Bull, XX •• Albi(,u, Nova, 158 Albuciuerque, Viceroy, occupied Or- uui/, xliii Andi'ada, Ruy Frere de, commander of the Portuguese Hect, xli Angelica, 34, 34 (ii.) Aniau, Fabulous Strait of, 158, 162, 171 Anne, Cape {see Queen Anne Cape) Anne Royal, BafHn, master's mate of, xxxiv ; sent to the Red Sea, xxxviii ; return home, xxxviii Annida, ship of the Spit/.bergeii fleet, 38, 55 ; homeward bound, 51 Acpiatulco, 158 Aristega, Michael de, 63 Ashford, Customer Smith buried at, ii Assab, Gulf of, BafHn at, iu the Anne Royal, xxxviii Baffin, William, his attainments, i; first mention of, xxi ; entries of the name in pai-ish registers, xxii ; probable origin, xxiii ; chief [)ilot of Hall's shij), xxiii ; narrative of the Greenland voyage by xxiv ; his narrative of the Sjiitzbergen voyage, xxvii, 38-53 ; his second voyage to Spitzbergen, xxviii ; takes service wit' N. W. Company, xxix ; Pilot of Liscovcry, xxx ; system of keep ing logs, XXX ; history of 1615 vt)y- age written by, xxxi ; facsimile of his map, xxxii ; his fifth Arctic voy- age, xxxii ; los=< of the journals and maps, xxxii, xxxiii, 1, liv, 155 ; sur- veys in the Red Sea and Persian Gulf, xxxviii ; return home, xxxviii ; appointed master of the London, xxxix ; rewai'd for surveys, xxxix ; in consultiition aa to route for the fleet, xl ; witness to a certificate as to quarrel between two merchants in the London, xliii ; rcsumi of his voyages, xlvii ; his observations, xlviii to 1 ; his geographical dis- coveries, Ii ; vindication of, Ivii ; his place as a discoverer, Iviii ; death of, at Kishm fort, xlv ; account of his death, 156 his observation for longitude by moon's culmination, 20, 21 ; his observation for refrac- tion, 51 ; goes in a shallop to ex- amine the ice oil' Hakluyt headland, 85 ; returns, 86 ; report on the ice, 89 ; lands on "Red Beach" with Fotherby, 'JO, 91 ; climbs a. high hill near "Red Beach", £2; ex- amines Sir T. Smith's Inlet, 9-4 ; his letter to his emjiloyers, 103 ; his re- lation of the 1615 voyage. 111 ; his lunar observations, 122, 123 (n.) ; reasons foi' relinquishing attempt by Hudson's Strait 132 («.); Ids opinion concerning a passage, 137 ; his rela- tion of the fifth voyage, 138-49 ; letter to Sir John W'olstenholme, 149 ; reports no passage by Davis Strait, 150 ; his remarks on tides, 130, 131, 151, 156 ; on a fishery in Baffin's Bay, 151, 152 ; on variation, 154; his achievements and qualifi- cations in 1616, xxxiii ; desire to attempt discovery from the side of Asia, xxxiv ; enters the service of the East India Company, xxxiv ; master's mate in the Anne Royal, xxxiv ; permanent value of his mag- netic observations, 1 ; instructions to, in 1616, 174 INDEX. 183 ; (idventurer voyage, xxi, in the Baffin, JFrs., her clm'in on the East India Conijiany, xlvi, xlvii HicHiii Island, named liy I'arry, xxxii Baitin's Bay, name of Sir i). l)iggepi, imiuortali/ed on eoa.st of, xvi ; diH- covt'i'y liy BaiHn, xxxiv, 1H8-155 ; maps of, iiv to Ivii Ball, KicliHi'd, xvii Hall's (ireenland notice of, 3 (».) Ball's river, 13, 34 Bandar, Abbasi, xllv Barber, Richard, merchant Londun, xxxviii Barker, Andrew, master of the Heart's Ease, xxiv, 13 ; takes conmiand on Hall's death, 24, 2t) («. ) ; account of, '27 (Ji.) John, merchant in the Loii,- don, xl (w.) Barrington, Hon. Daines, map of Baf- fin's Bay, Ivi Barren Cape, xxviii, reached by Baffin, 86, 87, 95, 100 Barrow, Sir John, omission of Baffin's ' Bay in map to illustrate work of, Ivi Basques, (lice Biscayans.) Bays, Assab, xxxviii ; Joseph's, 63, G.'i ; Lord Ellesmere's, 65 ; P()opi)y, 41, 46, 50 ; Saldanha, xxxvii, xl ; Sea Horse, 49 ; Sir T. Smith's, 51, 56, 59, 60, 85 Bears, 62, 65, 66, 71 Bee. (See Ship.) Beer, scurvy grass boiled in, 148 Bel Sound, "49, 63 Bidborough Manor, inherited bj' Sir T. Smith, iii Birds, cueTverduns, 62, 71 ; wild geese, 62, 71 ; partridges (ptarmigan), 17, 71 ; sea jngeons (dovekeys), 71 ; sea parrots (puffins), 71 ; stints, 71 ; willocks (looms), 62, 71, 136 Biscay, ships of, in Sjiitzbergen, xxvii, 42, 48. (.See Ship.s.) Biscayans (or Biscayners), whale fishers, account of xxv, xxvi, xxvii : rule as to striking a whale, 49 ; whales killed Viy, on board Desire, 49, 59 ; in English sliips, 38 («.), 54 ; " Our whale sti-ikers," 71 ; they call whales of Greenland "Grand Bay Whales," 151 Black-piiint, 51 Blithe, Captain of the Hart, xxxix ; a.ssumes command on death of cap- tain Shilling, xlii : fleet under, on coast of Arabia, xliii Blythe. {Ste Blithe.) Bunuor, Thomas, 44, 50, 52, 72 (n)- Boralio, Joam, second in command of I'ortugucse fleet, xli Borough, William, on the magntstic needle, 154 (n.) Bourne, Hobert, :idvi . rof Mrs. Baffin, xlvi, xlvii Bowen, Adam, to copy Baffin's charts, xxxix Bowles, atlas, map of Baffin's Bay in, Ivi Brigges, Henry, notice of, 156 {n.) ; treatise on a North-west Passage, 160, 169 to 173 Broken Islands, jiosition, 105 Point, named, 121 (?(.) ; Baffin's lunar taken at, 125 (?/.) Bi'ooke Place, the seat of Sir T. Smith, iii ; sold in 1699, x Brown, Christopher, Captain of the Ewjh, xxxix ; removed to the Mot- luck, xlii Brun, Hans, in the second Danish Greenland voyage, xix JiuU. {See Ship.) Burnil, Cape, 28 But tish, 19 Button, Sir Thomas, vi; his voyage, xxix, 134 ; discoveries, 156; notice of, 157 («.), 171 Bylot, Kobert, in command of Dis- cnrery, xxx, xxxii. 111, 138 ; with Hudson, Button, and Gibbons, xxix Cabot, Sebastian, system of keeping log-books, inaugurated by, xxx California, found to be an island, 158 Cape, Barren, 86, 8', 95, 100 Black Print, 51 Br(Aen Point, 121, 125 Burnil, 28 Cold, 52 Comfort, 104, 131, 132, 133 Deceit, 99 Dudity Digges, xvi, 144 Fair Foreland, 40, 51, 59 — — — Fair Kt'ss, 121 Farewell, 8, 113 Hakluyt Headland, 83, 86, 88, 10(1 Hope Sanderson, 140, 150 Low Ness, 43 (^ui ene Anne, 17 (^ueen Sophia, "28 lias al Had, xliii Sea Horse Point, 105, 135 Carleton, Sir Dudley, with Sir T. Smith, negotiating with Dutch Commissioners, vi Carlisle, James, Goldsmith in Hall's voyage, 25, 33 184 INDEX. M ti\ Gary, Allwin, ship's husband, 111 Islands, liii, Iv-lvi, 146 Swan's Nest, 157 («.) Caven(linh, prize taken by, with Juan de Fuca on board, 162, 164 Chacke, Martin, a Portuguese, as to North-west Passage, 160 Chester, Colonel, aid from, in searching for name of Baffin, xxiii Chichelay, Sir Robert, ancestor of Sir T. Smith, ii Chilham, home of Sir Dudley Digges, XV, xvi ; Bubseciueut owners of, xv Christian IV of Denmark, his expedi- tions to Greenland, xviii, six ; gives up the Greenland enterprise, xx Churohill, "Voyages and Travels," Gatonby's narrative of Hall's Green- land voyage in, xxiv Cibola, 139, 172 Coard, John, slain in action with Portu- guese, xli Cockayne, Sir William, vi, xvii ; notice of, and family, 4 (».); adventurer in Hall's Greenland voyage, xxi Cockin Sound, 16 («.) ; Baffin's obser- vations at, xlviii, 20, 21 ; named after Alderman Cockayne (Cockin), 22 ; Discovery in, liii, 1 48 ; salmon in, 149 ; Baffin's Greenland narra- tive commences at xxiv Cod, 19, 71 Cold Cajie, Spitzbergen, 52 Colebrookes, owners of Chilham, xt Colepeppers of Leeds Castle, iii Comfort, Laud of, 10 («.) Cape, position, 104 ; named, 131 ; at anchor near, 132, 133 Cooper, Master, 49 Coronado, Vasco de, 159 Corpo Santo seen, 102 Cove, Nicke's, 41, 46 Cowles, Thomas (mariner), evidence as to North-west Passage, 160 Crispe, Nicholis, power of the London, xl Cromwell, family, kinship with Sir T. Smith, ii («.) Cross Road, Spitzbergen, 86 Cudner, Master, 52 Cuelverduns, birds in Spitzbergen, 62, 71 Cullen, Viscount, title of the Cock- ayne family, 4 (n.) See Cockayne Cumberland Isles, 147 Cunniiifliam, John, General of the Danish Greenland expedition, xviii Mount, xviii, 18 Fiord, XX, 23 Danish voyages to Greenland, xviii, xix ; manuscript accounts of, first printed by Piugel, xix (»».) D'Anville, maj) of Baffin Bay, Ivi David, Walter, slain in action with Portuguese, xlii Davis, John, inlets seen by, xxix ; named Cape Farewell, 8 ; " London Coast" of, 139 ; his furthest at Hope Sanderson, 1 40 ; not to be blamed for believing in a passage, 150 Strait, 114, 137, 139; Baffin on a passage by, 150, 174 Deceit Point, named by Fotherby, 99 Declination of the needle (or Dip), 39, 44 Denmark Haven, 18 Deptford, house of Sir T. Smith at, iii ; burnt, vi Dernier, Master, 159 Desire, ship in Spitzbergen fleet, 38, 41, 42, 45, 81, 82, 84 ; Basques on board, 49 ; homeward bound, 67 Desolation land sighted, 9, 174 De Wit, Atlas, map of Baffin's Bay in, Iv Digges, Sir Dudley, ancestry, x ; birth, xi ; embassies, xii, xiii ; parliament- ary life, xiii ; marriage and children, xiv ; death, xiv ; home at Chilham, XV ; monument, xvi; director of North West Company, xxix ; Baf- fin's letter to, 109, xxxi; Not dis- couraged by failure of Captain Gib- bon's, 111; adventurer in expedi- tion of, 1616, xxxii, 138 Cape, Iii, Iv, 144 Island, position, 106, 136 ; Button at, 157, (n.) Leonard, his works, x, xi Thomas, father of SirDudley,xi West, xiv Dip of the magnetic needle, xlviii, 39, 44 Discovery, Hudson's ship, xxix; In- gram's ship in Button's expedition, 157, (».) ; Bylot and Baffin in 1615 ; liii, 111 ; sails. 111 ; in 1616, xxxii, 138; illness onboard, J 48; return of, 149 Dogs, Eskimo, 35, 118, 142 \ Dolphin. {ime, xvii Fair Foreland, 40, 51, 59 Haven, 60, 83, 86, 88, 91, 95 Ness, 121 Fanshaw, Sir H. and J., married sisters of Sir T. Smith, iii Farewell, Cape, 8, («.) ; 113 Fiords, Cunningham, 23; King's, 18, 26 ; Ramel's, 23, 25, 26 Fish, But fish, 19 ; cod, 19, 71 ; musk fish, 19 ; salmon, 36, 71 ; salmon trout, 18, 19 ; salmon peel, 148 Fisher, Thomas, 42 Fleets, East India, officers, xxxv ; in- spection, xxxvii Fopp, captain of a Dunkirker, 42, 43 Foreland. {See Fair Foreland.) Fotherby, Robert, narrative of 1613 Spitzbergeii voyage by, xxvii, 54, («. ), 64-79 ; naiVative of 1614 Spitz- bergen vojftge by, xxviii, xlix, 80-102 ; aCgount, of and family, 80, (n,); ex'ploring north coast of Spitzbergen v(ith Baffin, 90, 91, 92, 94, 96 ; iMe^ from Yarmouth to London, 68i; ^v. Fox, Luke, h^ oircumpolar map, liv ; notice of, liv (^.) Fox, 18, 35, 62, 71 Friesland, 6 (n.) Frobisher, Su- Martin, 152, 159 Fuca, Juan de,- discoveries by, 161, 162; offer to 'discover the North- west Passage, 164 ; correspondence with Michael Lok, 165 ; death, 167 Gabriel, Mount, 17 Gali, Francisco de, 158, 172 iiamaliel, ship of the Spitzbergen fleet, 38, 41, 42, 46, 61, 65, 86, 88, 91 Gatonby, John, his dedication to Sir C. Hildyard, 1, 126 (».), 27; quarter- master in the Patience, xxiv Gatonby, Nicholas, 2 («.) Gaule, Francis. {See Gali.) Gemma Frisius, on finding longitude by lunar distance, xlix Gibbons, Captain, nothing performed by, XXX, 111 Gilbert Sound, 12 (n.) Gilbert, Dr., on the magnetic needle, 145 {mare," the |>ort of Sur.xliii London Coast, of Davis, 139 Longitufle, Baffin's observations by mitaph to, in the church, vii Swally Roa<^lB, xxxviii, xl Swan Island, 135 Swan, Richard, captain of the Roehnrk, xxxix ; his account of the fight with the Portuguese, xli ; his journal, xl (n.) ; removed to the Hat, xlii Sydney, Sir Philip, his "Stella's" daughters marry sons of Sir T. Smith, ix Lady Dorothy ("Saccharissn") married a grandson of Sir T. Smith X (n.) Symonds, Bartholomew, surgeon of the London, xl Taylor, Thomas, master of the Eagle, xlii Thomas Bonaventure, ship in the Spitz- bergen fleet, 85 Thomaaine, BaflSn's ship in the Spitz- bergen fleet of 1614, xxviii, 80, 81 Thompson, J. Atlas. Map of Baffin's Bay in, Ivi Throughgood, Island, 18 Tiiles, Parry's remarks on Baffin's ob- servations on, xxxi ; at Savage Isles, 120; at Resolution Isle, 116, 119; in Hudson's Strait, 130, 133, 156, 157; at Cape Comfort, 132; in Baffin's Bay, 139, 151 Ti/fer. Admiral, in Spit/.bergen fleet of, 1613, xxvii, 38, 48, 55, 60 ; home- bound, 51 Trades Increase, largest merchant ship ever built, iv Trinity Harbour, Si)itzbergon, 86 Trost, Danish ship, on board of which Hall was pilot in the Greenland voyages, xviii, xix Unicorn. {Sec Narwhal.) Van Keulen's maj) of Baffin's Bay, Iv Variation of compass in Spit/.bergen, C!( ; in Cockin Sound, 32 ; Ramel's Fiord, 26, 29, 30, 52. 53 ; Seout-nes, 39 ; Horn Sound, 44 ; Green Har- bour, 50 ; Maudlin Sound, 86 ; Smith Sound, 1, 145, 154 ; Wolsten- holme Sound, 154 ; Baffin's observa- tions, xlviii, xlix Vere, Lord, Henry Wolstenholme slain while serving under, xvii Virginia, colony of, 169 Vischer, atlas, map of Baffin Bay in, Iv Vogelsang, Ii, same as Cape Bairen (which see) Walrus. [See Morse.) Wayman, Richard, cook of Discovery, his death, 1 48 Wellsted, Lieut. I. N., his account of the port of S6r, xliii («.) Werner, on finding longitude by lunar distance, xlix Westen hanger, estate of the Smythes in Kent, ii Weymouth, Captain, exi>edition of, v Whale, Biscayan, xxvi ; right, 7 ; fir.'